Transaction Hash:
Block:
20353966 at Jul-21-2024 09:18:11 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.000240449588118208 ETH
$0.60
Gas Used:
96,136 Gas / 2.501139928 Gwei
Emitted Events:
| 95 |
DenizensOfZenAcademy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x0000000000000000000000008b1f33f7b04c563da12f8af6cbf33dd3e1c6203e, 0x00000000000000000000000075c84c7b446cebbb3830e3d64a042599b884c83a, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000206 )
|
Account State Difference:
| Address | Before | After | State Difference | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1Cfb2525...11d419964 | |||||
| 0x8b1F33F7...3E1c6203E |
1.107453949923543677 Eth
Nonce: 18
|
1.107213500335425469 Eth
Nonce: 19
| 0.000240449588118208 | ||
|
0x95222290...5CC4BAfe5
Miner
| (beaverbuild) | 13.520189057974769621 Eth | 13.520219608567757749 Eth | 0.000030550592988128 |
Execution Trace
TransferHelper.bulkTransfer( items=, conduitKey=0000007B02230091A7ED01230072F7006A004D60A8D4E71D599B8104250F0000 ) => ( items=, conduitKey= )
Conduit.execute( transfers= ) => ( transfers= )
DenizensOfZenAcademy.23b872dd( )
-
AddressRelay.getImplAddress( _functionSelector=System.Byte[] ) => ( 0x4674F9Cf8fCe3E9fF332015A0F0859Baa60c2deD ) HeyMintERC721ABase.transferFrom( from=0x8b1F33F7B04C563Da12F8Af6CBf33dd3E1c6203E, to=0x75C84C7B446cEBBb3830E3D64A042599b884C83a, tokenId=518 )-
OperatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed( registrant=0x1Cfb252575aBbb30262B4f8Ab7519C111d419964, operator=0x1E0049783F008A0085193E00003D00cd54003c71 ) => ( True ) -
OperatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed( registrant=0x1Cfb252575aBbb30262B4f8Ab7519C111d419964, operator=0x1E0049783F008A0085193E00003D00cd54003c71 ) => ( True )
-
-
bulkTransfer[TransferHelper (ln:57)]
InvalidConduit[TransferHelper (ln:63)]_performTransfersWithConduit[TransferHelper (ln:66)]_checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress[TransferHelper (ln:132)]RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress[TransferHelper (ln:292)]
InvalidERC20Identifier[TransferHelper (ln:148)]_checkERC721Receiver[TransferHelper (ln:157)]onERC721Received[TransferHelper (ln:252)]InvalidERC721Recipient[TransferHelper (ln:263)]ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes[TransferHelper (ln:267)]ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString[TransferHelper (ln:275)]
ConduitTransfer[TransferHelper (ln:166)]execute[TransferHelper (ln:180)]InvalidConduit[TransferHelper (ln:188)]ConduitErrorRevertString[TransferHelper (ln:193)]ConduitErrorRevertBytes[TransferHelper (ln:227)]
File 1 of 6: TransferHelper
File 2 of 6: DenizensOfZenAcademy
File 3 of 6: Conduit
File 4 of 6: AddressRelay
File 5 of 6: HeyMintERC721ABase
File 6 of 6: OperatorFilterRegistry
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { IERC721Receiver } from "../interfaces/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./TransferHelperStructs.sol";
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import {
ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
import { Conduit } from "../conduit/Conduit.sol";
import { ConduitTransfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import {
TransferHelperInterface
} from "../interfaces/TransferHelperInterface.sol";
import { TransferHelperErrors } from "../interfaces/TransferHelperErrors.sol";
/**
* @title TransferHelper
* @author stephankmin, stuckinaboot, ryanio
* @notice TransferHelper is a utility contract for transferring
* ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items in bulk to specific recipients.
*/
contract TransferHelper is TransferHelperInterface, TransferHelperErrors {
// Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
// Set conduit creation code and runtime code hashes as immutable arguments.
bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH;
/**
* @dev Set the supplied conduit controller and retrieve its
* conduit creation code hash.
*
*
* @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
* that may optionally be used to transfer approved
* ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
*/
constructor(address conduitController) {
// Get the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes from the
// supplied conduit controller and set them as an immutable.
ConduitControllerInterface controller = ConduitControllerInterface(
conduitController
);
(_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH) = controller
.getConduitCodeHashes();
// Set the supplied conduit controller as an immutable.
_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = controller;
}
/**
* @notice Transfer multiple ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items to
* specified recipients.
*
* @param items The items to transfer to an intended recipient.
* @param conduitKey An optional conduit key referring to a conduit through
* which the bulk transfer should occur.
*
* @return magicValue A value indicating that the transfers were successful.
*/
function bulkTransfer(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
bytes32 conduitKey
) external override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Ensure that a conduit key has been supplied.
if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, address(0));
}
// Use conduit derived from supplied conduit key to perform transfers.
_performTransfersWithConduit(items, conduitKey);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.bulkTransfer.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Perform multiple transfers to specified recipients via the
* conduit derived from the provided conduit key.
*
* @param transfers The items to transfer.
* @param conduitKey The conduit key referring to the conduit through
* which the bulk transfer should occur.
*/
function _performTransfersWithConduit(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata transfers,
bytes32 conduitKey
) internal {
// Retrieve total number of transfers and place on stack.
uint256 numTransfers = transfers.length;
// Derive the conduit address from the deployer, conduit key
// and creation code hash.
address conduit = address(
uint160(
uint256(
keccak256(
abi.encodePacked(
bytes1(0xff),
address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER),
conduitKey,
_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH
)
)
)
)
);
// Declare a variable to store the sum of all items across transfers.
uint256 sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers;
// Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
i
];
// Increment totalItems by the number of items in the transfer.
sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers += transfer.items.length;
}
}
// Declare a new array in memory with length totalItems to populate with
// each conduit transfer.
ConduitTransfer[] memory conduitTransfers = new ConduitTransfer[](
sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers
);
// Declare an index for storing ConduitTransfers in conduitTransfers.
uint256 itemIndex;
// Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
i
];
// Retrieve the items of the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItem[] calldata transferItems = transfer.items;
// Ensure recipient is not the zero address.
_checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(transfer.recipient);
// Create a boolean indicating whether validateERC721Receiver
// is true and recipient is a contract.
bool callERC721Receiver = transfer.validateERC721Receiver &&
transfer.recipient.code.length != 0;
// Retrieve the total number of items in the transfer and
// place on stack.
uint256 numItemsInTransfer = transferItems.length;
// Iterate over each item in the transfer to create a
// corresponding ConduitTransfer.
for (uint256 j = 0; j < numItemsInTransfer; ++j) {
// Retrieve the item from the transfer.
TransferHelperItem calldata item = transferItems[j];
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Ensure that the identifier of an ERC20 token is 0.
if (item.identifier != 0) {
revert InvalidERC20Identifier();
}
}
// If the item is an ERC721 token and
// callERC721Receiver is true...
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
if (callERC721Receiver) {
// Check if the recipient implements
// onERC721Received for the given tokenId.
_checkERC721Receiver(
conduit,
transfer.recipient,
item.identifier
);
}
}
// Create a ConduitTransfer corresponding to each
// TransferHelperItem.
conduitTransfers[itemIndex] = ConduitTransfer(
item.itemType,
item.token,
msg.sender,
transfer.recipient,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
// Increment the index for storing ConduitTransfers.
++itemIndex;
}
}
}
// Attempt the external call to transfer tokens via the derived conduit.
try ConduitInterface(conduit).execute(conduitTransfers) returns (
bytes4 conduitMagicValue
) {
// Check if the value returned from the external call matches
// the conduit `execute` selector.
if (conduitMagicValue != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
// If the external call fails, revert with the conduit key
// and conduit address.
revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
// Catch reverts with a provided reason string and
// revert with the reason, conduit key and conduit address.
revert ConduitErrorRevertString(reason, conduitKey, conduit);
} catch (bytes memory data) {
// Conduits will throw a custom error when attempting to transfer
// native token item types or an ERC721 item amount other than 1.
// Bubble up these custom errors when encountered. Note that the
// conduit itself will bubble up revert reasons from transfers as
// well, meaning that these errors are not necessarily indicative of
// an issue with the item type or amount in cases where the same
// custom error signature is encountered during a conduit transfer.
// Set initial value of first four bytes of revert data to the mask.
bytes4 customErrorSelector = bytes4(0xffffffff);
// Utilize assembly to read first four bytes (if present) directly.
assembly {
// Combine original mask with first four bytes of revert data.
customErrorSelector := and(
mload(add(data, 0x20)), // Data begins after length offset.
customErrorSelector
)
}
// Pass through the custom error in question if the revert data is
// the correct length and matches an expected custom error selector.
if (
data.length == 4 &&
(customErrorSelector == InvalidItemType.selector ||
customErrorSelector == InvalidERC721TransferAmount.selector)
) {
// "Bubble up" the revert reason.
assembly {
revert(add(data, 0x20), 0x04)
}
}
// Catch all other reverts from the external call to the conduit and
// include the conduit's raw revert reason as a data argument to a
// new custom error.
revert ConduitErrorRevertBytes(data, conduitKey, conduit);
}
}
/**
* @notice An internal function to check if a recipient address implements
* onERC721Received for a given tokenId. Note that this check does
* not adhere to the safe transfer specification and is only meant
* to provide an additional layer of assurance that the recipient
* can receive the tokens — any hooks or post-transfer checks will
* fail and the caller will be the transfer helper rather than the
* ERC721 contract. Note that the conduit is set as the operator, as
* it will be the caller once the transfer is performed.
*
* @param conduit The conduit to provide as the operator when calling
* onERC721Received.
* @param recipient The ERC721 recipient on which to call onERC721Received.
* @param tokenId The ERC721 tokenId of the token being transferred.
*/
function _checkERC721Receiver(
address conduit,
address recipient,
uint256 tokenId
) internal {
// Check if recipient can receive ERC721 tokens.
try
IERC721Receiver(recipient).onERC721Received(
conduit,
msg.sender,
tokenId,
""
)
returns (bytes4 selector) {
// Check if onERC721Received selector is valid.
if (selector != IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector) {
// Revert if recipient cannot accept
// ERC721 tokens.
revert InvalidERC721Recipient(recipient);
}
} catch (bytes memory data) {
// "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
data,
recipient,
msg.sender,
tokenId
);
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
// "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
reason,
recipient,
msg.sender,
tokenId
);
}
}
/**
* @notice An internal function that reverts if the passed-in recipient
* is the zero address.
*
* @param recipient The recipient on which to perform the check.
*/
function _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(address recipient) internal pure {
// Revert if the recipient is the zero address.
if (recipient == address(0x0)) {
revert RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
interface IERC721Receiver {
function onERC721Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
/**
* @dev A TransferHelperItem specifies the itemType (ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155),
* token address, token identifier, and amount of the token to be
* transferred via the TransferHelper. For ERC20 tokens, identifier
* must be 0. For ERC721 tokens, amount must be 1.
*/
struct TransferHelperItem {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
/**
* @dev A TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient specifies the tokens to transfer
* via the TransferHelper, their intended recipient, and a boolean flag
* indicating whether onERC721Received should be called on a recipient
* contract.
*/
struct TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient {
TransferHelperItem[] items;
address recipient;
bool validateERC721Receiver;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title ConduitInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
* and errors for conduit contracts.
*/
interface ConduitInterface {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
* caller that does not have an open channel.
*/
error ChannelClosed(address channel);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
* current status of that channel.
*/
error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
* item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
* channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
*/
error InvalidController();
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
*
* @param channel The channel that has been updated.
* @param open A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
*/
event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
* open channel can call this function.
*
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
* a caller with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title ConduitControllerInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
* structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
*/
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
/**
* @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
* channels for each deployed conduit.
*/
struct ConduitProperties {
bytes32 key;
address owner;
address potentialOwner;
address[] channels;
mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
}
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
*
* @param conduit The newly created conduit.
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
*/
event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which ownership has been
* transferred.
* @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
* @param newOwner The new owner of the conduit.
*/
event OwnershipTransferred(
address indexed conduit,
address indexed previousOwner,
address indexed newOwner
);
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
* owner for that conduit.
*
* @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
*/
event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
* conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
* address of the caller.
*/
error InvalidCreator();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
* initial owner address is supplied.
*/
error InvalidInitialOwner();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
* that is already set.
*/
error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
address conduit,
address newPotentialOwner
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
* when no new potential owner is currently set.
*/
error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
* does not yet exist.
*/
error NoConduit();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
* already exists.
*/
error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
* ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
* conduit in question.
*/
error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
* owner and supplying the null address.
*/
error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
* with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
* conduit in question.
*/
error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
* index that is out of range.
*/
error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
/**
* @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
* an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
* twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
* and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
* deployed using the same conduit key.
*
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
* the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
* the caller of this contract.
* @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
*
* @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
*/
function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
external
returns (address conduit);
/**
* @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
* specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
* Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
* or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
* tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
* @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
* @param isOpen A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
*/
function updateChannel(
address conduit,
address channel,
bool isOpen
) external;
/**
* @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
* owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
* may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
* @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
*/
function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
external;
/**
* @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
*/
function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
/**
* @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
* current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
* function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
*/
function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
/**
* @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
*
* @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
*/
function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
* lookup.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
* key.
*
* @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
*/
function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
/**
* @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
* determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
* deployed).
*
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
*
* @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
* @return exists A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
* deployed or not.
*/
function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
external
view
returns (address conduit, bool exists);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
* current owner may set a new potential owner via
* `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
* the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
*
* @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
*/
function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
external
view
returns (address potentialOwner);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
* a conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
* @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
*
* @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
*/
function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
external
view
returns (bool isOpen);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
*
* @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
*/
function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
external
view
returns (uint256 totalChannels);
/**
* @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
* Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
* channels being closed on the conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
* @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
*
* @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
*/
function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
external
view
returns (address channel);
/**
* @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
* this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
* an out-of-gas error.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
*
* @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
*/
function getChannels(address conduit)
external
view
returns (address[] memory channels);
/**
* @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
*/
function getConduitCodeHashes()
external
view
returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
* @title Conduit
* @author 0age
* @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
* conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
* add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
* to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
* conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
* a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
* approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
* cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
*/
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
// Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
address private immutable _controller;
// Track the status of each channel.
mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
/**
* @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
* on the conduit.
*/
modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
// Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
assembly {
// Write the caller to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
// Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
// Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
// and check if the stored value is zero.
if iszero(
sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
) {
// The caller is not an open channel; revert with
// ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
// Next, set the caller as the argument.
mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
// Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
}
}
// Continue with function execution.
_;
}
/**
* @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
*/
constructor() {
// Set the deployer as the controller.
_controller = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
override
onlyOpenChannel
returns (bytes4 magicValue)
{
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(transfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.execute.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
* transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
// Iterate over each standard transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
// pointer having the default value.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
// Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
if (msg.sender != _controller) {
revert InvalidController();
}
// Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
}
// Update the status of the channel.
_channels[channel] = isOpen;
// Emit a corresponding event.
emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
* channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
* zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
*/
function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
// Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
// therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
// check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
// on item malleability is desired.
_performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
// Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
if (item.amount != 1) {
revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
}
// Transfer ERC721 token.
_performERC721Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier
);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
// Transfer ERC1155 token.
_performERC1155Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
} else {
// Throw with an error.
revert InvalidItemType();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256[] ids;
uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
TransferHelperItem,
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient
} from "../helpers/TransferHelperStructs.sol";
interface TransferHelperInterface {
/**
* @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
*
* @param items The items to transfer.
* @param conduitKey The key of the conduit performing the bulk transfer.
*/
function bulkTransfer(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
bytes32 conduitKey
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title TransferHelperErrors
*/
interface TransferHelperErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers with a
* NATIVE itemType.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an ERC721 transfer
* to an invalid recipient.
*/
error InvalidERC721Recipient(address recipient);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
* bytes data.
*/
error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
bytes reason,
address receiver,
address sender,
uint256 identifier
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
* string reason.
*/
error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
string reason,
address receiver,
address sender,
uint256 identifier
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token has an invalid identifier.
*/
error InvalidERC20Identifier();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error if the recipient is the zero address.
*/
error RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
* invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
*/
error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with a
* reason string.
*/
error ConduitErrorRevertString(
string reason,
bytes32 conduitKey,
address conduit
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with bytes
* data.
*/
error ConduitErrorRevertBytes(
bytes reason,
bytes32 conduitKey,
address conduit
);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
NATIVE, // unused
ERC20,
ERC721,
ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
import {
TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title TokenTransferrer
* @author 0age
* @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
* @custom:coauthor transmissions11
* @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
* ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
* by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
* considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
* significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
* understood and carefully addressed.
*/
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
* to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
* contract performing the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC20 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC20Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
assembly {
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
// Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
// Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
// subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
// return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
// that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
// ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
let callStatus := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC20_transferFrom_length,
0,
OneWord
)
// Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
let success := and(
// Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
// either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
// had no return data.
or(
and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
iszero(returndatasize())
),
callStatus
)
// Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
// returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
// Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
// but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
// If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
// to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
// after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
// If the transfer failed:
if iszero(success) {
// If it was due to a revert:
if iszero(callStatus) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
// copy returndata while expanding memory where
// necessary. Start by computing the word size
// of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
// to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
// msize() to work around a Yul warning that
// prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
// pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(
returnDataWords,
msizeWords
),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to
// gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
// enough gas is still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
// existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, specifying memory region with
// copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise revert with a message about the token
// returning false or non-compliant return values.
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
to
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
// having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
// technically ERC20 compliant.
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
* not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
* does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
*
* @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
*/
function _performERC721Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC721_transferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC1155 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The id to transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC1155Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
// for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
// Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
* memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
* memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
* This function should only be called once memory is no longer
* required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
* should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
* default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
*
* @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*/
function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
assembly {
let len := batchTransfers.length
// Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
// at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
// multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
// Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
// reference position each offset references. It's held static to
// let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
// Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
// safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
mstore(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
)
// Iterate over each batch transfer.
for {
let i := 0
} lt(i, len) {
i := add(i, 1)
} {
// Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
// it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
// the absolute position of the element in calldata.
let elementPtr := add(
arrayHeadPtr,
calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
)
// Retrieve the token from calldata.
let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Get the total number of supplied ids.
let idsLength := calldataload(
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
)
// Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
mul(idsLength, OneWord)
)
// Validate struct encoding.
let invalidEncoding := iszero(
and(
// ids.length == amounts.length
eq(
idsLength,
calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
),
and(
// ids_offset == 0xa0
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
)
),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
),
// amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
)
),
expectedAmountsOffset
)
)
)
)
// Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
if invalidEncoding {
mstore(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
)
revert(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
)
}
// Update the offset position for the next loop
nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
// Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
)
// Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
// that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
// Update the offset for the data array in memory.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
)
// Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
mstore(
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
idsAndAmountsSize
),
0
)
// Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
let transferDataSize := add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
// Start by computing word size of returndata and
// allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
// msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
// The free memory pointer is not used here because
// this function does almost all memory management
// manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
// should be the largest memory value used (unless a
// previous batch was larger).
let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert with memory region containing returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Set the error signature.
mstore(
0,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
// Write the token.
mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
// Increase the offset to ids by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
)
// Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
add(
OneWord,
mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
)
)
// Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
// `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
revert(0, transferDataSize)
}
}
// Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
// be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
// Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
// arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/*
* -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
* - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
* but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
* offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
* is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
* the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
* https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
* - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
* head of the array.
*
* - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
* documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
* e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
* in an array.
*
* - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
* and never an offset relative to another value.
* - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
* - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
*
* - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
* to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
* offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
* the start of the body.
* - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
*
* - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
* Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
* codebase but have been left in for readability.
*/
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title TokenTransferrerErrors
*/
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has an amount of zero.
*/
error MissingItemAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
* identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
* parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
* perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
* when desired.
*/
error UnusedItemParameters();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
* transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted transfer.
*/
error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
* @param amounts The amounts for the attempted transfer.
*/
error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] identifiers,
uint256[] amounts
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
* value.
*
* @param token The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
*/
error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
* contract does not have code and returns no data.
*
* @param account The account that should contain code.
*/
error NoContract(address account);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
* transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
* different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
*/
error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
File 2 of 6: DenizensOfZenAcademy
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
//
// ██████╗ ███████╗███╗ ██╗██╗███████╗███████╗███╗ ██╗███████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗ ███████╗███████╗███╗ ██╗ █████╗ ██████╗ █████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗███╗ ███╗██╗ ██╗
// ██╔══██╗██╔════╝████╗ ██║██║╚══███╔╝██╔════╝████╗ ██║██╔════╝ ██╔═══██╗██╔════╝ ╚══███╔╝██╔════╝████╗ ██║██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝████╗ ████║╚██╗ ██╔╝
// ██║ ██║█████╗ ██╔██╗ ██║██║ ███╔╝ █████╗ ██╔██╗ ██║███████╗ ██║ ██║█████╗ ███╔╝ █████╗ ██╔██╗ ██║███████║██║ ███████║██║ ██║█████╗ ██╔████╔██║ ╚████╔╝
// ██║ ██║██╔══╝ ██║╚██╗██║██║ ███╔╝ ██╔══╝ ██║╚██╗██║╚════██║ ██║ ██║██╔══╝ ███╔╝ ██╔══╝ ██║╚██╗██║██╔══██║██║ ██╔══██║██║ ██║██╔══╝ ██║╚██╔╝██║ ╚██╔╝
// ██████╔╝███████╗██║ ╚████║██║███████╗███████╗██║ ╚████║███████║ ╚██████╔╝██║ ███████╗███████╗██║ ╚████║██║ ██║╚██████╗██║ ██║██████╔╝███████╗██║ ╚═╝ ██║ ██║
// ╚═════╝ ╚══════╝╚═╝ ╚═══╝╚═╝╚══════╝╚══════╝╚═╝ ╚═══╝╚══════╝ ╚═════╝ ╚═╝ ╚══════╝╚══════╝╚═╝ ╚═══╝╚═╝ ╚═╝ ╚═════╝╚═╝ ╚═╝╚═════╝ ╚══════╝╚═╝ ╚═╝ ╚═╝
//
// Denizens of ZenAcademy - generated with HeyMint.xyz Launchpad - https://nft-launchpad.heymint.xyz
//
import {StorageSlot} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol";
import {IAddressRelay} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {BaseConfig} from "./libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
contract DenizensOfZenAcademy {
bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT =
0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
bytes32 internal constant _ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT =
keccak256("heymint.launchpad.addressRelay");
/**
* @notice Initializes the child contract with the base implementation address and the configuration settings
* @param _name The name of the NFT
* @param _symbol The symbol of the NFT
* @param _baseConfig Base configuration settings
*/
constructor(
string memory _name,
string memory _symbol,
address _addressRelay,
address _implementation,
BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
) {
StorageSlot
.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT)
.value = _implementation;
StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value = _addressRelay;
IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
);
address implContract = addressRelay.fallbackImplAddress();
(bool success, ) = implContract.delegatecall(
abi.encodeWithSelector(0x35a825b0, _name, _symbol, _baseConfig)
);
require(success);
}
/**
* @dev Delegates the current call to nftImplementation
*
* This function does not return to its internal call site - it will return directly to the external caller.
*/
fallback() external payable {
IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
);
address implContract = addressRelay.getImplAddress(msg.sig);
assembly {
calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
let result := delegatecall(
gas(),
implContract,
0,
calldatasize(),
0,
0
)
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
switch result
case 0 {
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
default {
return(0, returndatasize())
}
}
}
receive() external payable {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__Ownable_init_unchained();
}
function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
*
* A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
* support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
*
* _Available since v4.5._
*/
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
* exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
*/
function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
external
view
returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
* reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
* case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
*
* For example:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
* function initialize() initializer public {
* __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
* }
* }
* contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
* function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
* __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
* }
* }
* ```
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*
* [CAUTION]
* ====
* Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
*
* An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
* contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
* the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
* constructor() {
* _disableInitializers();
* }
* ```
* ====
*/
abstract contract Initializable {
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
* @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
*/
uint8 private _initialized;
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool private _initializing;
/**
* @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
*/
event Initialized(uint8 version);
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
* `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
* constructor.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event.
*/
modifier initializer() {
bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
require(
(isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
"Initializable: contract is already initialized"
);
_initialized = 1;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(1);
}
}
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
* contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
* used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
* are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
*
* When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
* cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
*
* Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
* a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
*
* WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event.
*/
modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
_initialized = version;
_initializing = true;
_;
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(version);
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializing() {
require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
* Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
* to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
* through proxies.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
*/
function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
_initialized = type(uint8).max;
emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
*/
function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
return _initialized;
}
/**
* @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
*/
function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
return _initializing;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
* mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
* modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
* the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
* simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
*/
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
*/
event Paused(address account);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
*/
event Unpaused(address account);
bool private _paused;
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
*/
function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__Pausable_init_unchained();
}
function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_paused = false;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
modifier whenNotPaused() {
_requireNotPaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
modifier whenPaused() {
_requirePaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
*/
function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
return _paused;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
*/
function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
*/
function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
}
/**
* @dev Triggers stopped state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
_paused = true;
emit Paused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Returns to normal state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
_paused = false;
emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
*
* Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
* available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
* (reentrant) calls to them.
*
* Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
* `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
* those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
* points to them.
*
* TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
* to protect against it, check out our blog post
* https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
*/
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
// Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
// word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
// slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
// back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
// pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
// The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
// but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
// amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
// transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
// increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
uint256 private _status;
function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
}
function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
* Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
* function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
* by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
* `private` function that does the actual work.
*/
modifier nonReentrant() {
_nonReentrantBefore();
_;
_nonReentrantAfter();
}
function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
// On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
// Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
_status = _ENTERED;
}
function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
// By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library AddressUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
* the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
*
* _Available since v4.8._
*/
function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
address target,
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
if (returndata.length == 0) {
// only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
// otherwise we already know that it was a contract
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
}
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason or using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
*
* These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
* of the private keys of a given address.
*/
library ECDSAUpgradeable {
enum RecoverError {
NoError,
InvalidSignature,
InvalidSignatureLength,
InvalidSignatureS,
InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
}
function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
return; // no error: do nothing
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*
* Documentation for signature generation:
* - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
* - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
if (signature.length == 65) {
bytes32 r;
bytes32 s;
uint8 v;
// ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
// currently is to use assembly.
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
}
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
} else {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*/
function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.2._
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
// EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
// unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
// the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
// signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
//
// If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
// with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
// vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
// these malleable signatures as well.
if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
}
// If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
if (signer == address(0)) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
}
return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
// 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
// enforced by the type signature above
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
* `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
* to the one signed with the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
*
* The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
* https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
* You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
*
* WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
* hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
* This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
* the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
* OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
* against this attack out of the box.
*/
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
* defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
* sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
* pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
*/
function verify(
bytes32[] memory proof,
bytes32 root,
bytes32 leaf
) internal pure returns (bool) {
return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
}
/**
* @dev Calldata version of {verify}
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function verifyCalldata(
bytes32[] calldata proof,
bytes32 root,
bytes32 leaf
) internal pure returns (bool) {
return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
* from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
* hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
* of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
*
* _Available since v4.4._
*/
function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
}
return computedHash;
}
/**
* @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
}
return computedHash;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
* `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
*
* CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function multiProofVerify(
bytes32[] memory proof,
bool[] memory proofFlags,
bytes32 root,
bytes32[] memory leaves
) internal pure returns (bool) {
return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
}
/**
* @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
*
* CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
bytes32[] calldata proof,
bool[] calldata proofFlags,
bytes32 root,
bytes32[] memory leaves
) internal pure returns (bool) {
return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
* proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
* leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
* respectively.
*
* CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
* is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
* tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function processMultiProof(
bytes32[] memory proof,
bool[] memory proofFlags,
bytes32[] memory leaves
) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
// This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
// consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
// `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
// the merkle tree.
uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
// Check proof validity.
require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
// The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
// `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
uint256 leafPos = 0;
uint256 hashPos = 0;
uint256 proofPos = 0;
// At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
// - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
// get the next hash.
// - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
// `proof` array.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
}
if (totalHashes > 0) {
return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
} else if (leavesLen > 0) {
return leaves[0];
} else {
return proof[0];
}
}
/**
* @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
*
* CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
*
* _Available since v4.7._
*/
function processMultiProofCalldata(
bytes32[] calldata proof,
bool[] calldata proofFlags,
bytes32[] memory leaves
) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
// This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
// consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
// `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
// the merkle tree.
uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
// Check proof validity.
require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
// The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
// `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
uint256 leafPos = 0;
uint256 hashPos = 0;
uint256 proofPos = 0;
// At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
// - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
// get the next hash.
// - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
// `proof` array.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
}
if (totalHashes > 0) {
return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
} else if (leavesLen > 0) {
return leaves[0];
} else {
return proof[0];
}
}
function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
}
function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
mstore(0x00, a)
mstore(0x20, b)
value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
*/
library MathUpgradeable {
enum Rounding {
Down, // Toward negative infinity
Up, // Toward infinity
Zero // Toward zero
}
/**
* @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
*/
function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a > b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
*/
function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a < b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
* zero.
*/
function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
*
* This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
* of rounding down.
*/
function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
}
/**
* @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
* @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
* with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator
) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
unchecked {
// 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
// use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
// variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
assembly {
let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
prod0 := mul(x, y)
prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
}
// Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
if (prod1 == 0) {
return prod0 / denominator;
}
// Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
require(denominator > prod1);
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// 512 by 256 division.
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
uint256 remainder;
assembly {
// Compute remainder using mulmod.
remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
// Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
}
// Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
// See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
// Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
assembly {
// Divide denominator by twos.
denominator := div(denominator, twos)
// Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
// Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
}
// Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
// Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
// that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
// four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
// Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
// in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
// Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
// This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
// less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
// is no longer required.
result = prod0 * inverse;
return result;
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator,
Rounding rounding
) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
result += 1;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
*
* Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
if (a == 0) {
return 0;
}
// For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
//
// We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
// `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
//
// This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
// → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
// → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
//
// Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
// At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
// since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
// every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
// into the expected uint128 result.
unchecked {
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
return min(result, a / result);
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = sqrt(a);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 128;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
value >>= 8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 4 > 0) {
value >>= 4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 2 > 0) {
value >>= 2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 1 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log2(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >= 10**64) {
value /= 10**64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >= 10**32) {
value /= 10**32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >= 10**16) {
value /= 10**16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >= 10**8) {
value /= 10**8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >= 10**4) {
value /= 10**4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >= 10**2) {
value /= 10**2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >= 10**1) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log10(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*
* Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
*/
function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log256(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev String operations.
*/
library StringsUpgradeable {
bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
*/
function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
string memory buffer = new string(length);
uint256 ptr;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
}
while (true) {
ptr--;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
}
value /= 10;
if (value == 0) break;
}
return buffer;
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
buffer[0] = "0";
buffer[1] = "x";
for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
value >>= 4;
}
require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
constructor() {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
*
* A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
* support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
*
* _Available since v4.5._
*/
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
* exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
*/
function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
external
view
returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
* mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
* modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
* the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
* simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
*/
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
*/
event Paused(address account);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
*/
event Unpaused(address account);
bool private _paused;
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
*/
constructor() {
_paused = false;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
modifier whenNotPaused() {
_requireNotPaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
modifier whenPaused() {
_requirePaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
*/
function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
return _paused;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
*/
function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
*/
function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
}
/**
* @dev Triggers stopped state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
_paused = true;
emit Paused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Returns to normal state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
_paused = false;
emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
*
* Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
* available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
* (reentrant) calls to them.
*
* Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
* `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
* those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
* points to them.
*
* TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
* to protect against it, check out our blog post
* https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
*/
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
// Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
// word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
// slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
// back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
// pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
// The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
// but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
// amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
// transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
// increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
uint256 private _status;
constructor() {
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
* Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
* function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
* by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
* `private` function that does the actual work.
*/
modifier nonReentrant() {
_nonReentrantBefore();
_;
_nonReentrantAfter();
}
function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
// On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
// Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
_status = _ENTERED;
}
function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
// By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
*
* Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
* specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
*
* Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
* fee is specified in basis points by default.
*
* IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
* voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
*
* _Available since v4.5._
*/
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
struct RoyaltyInfo {
address receiver;
uint96 royaltyFraction;
}
RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @inheritdoc IERC2981
*/
function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
}
uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
}
/**
* @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
* fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
* override.
*/
function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
return 10000;
}
/**
* @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
* - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
*/
function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
_defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
}
/**
* @dev Removes default royalty information.
*/
function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
}
/**
* @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
* - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
*/
function _setTokenRoyalty(
uint256 tokenId,
address receiver,
uint96 feeNumerator
) internal virtual {
require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
_tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
}
/**
* @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
*/
function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155.sol";
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
* Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
contract ERC1155 is Context, ERC165, IERC1155, IERC1155MetadataURI {
using Address for address;
// Mapping from token ID to account balances
mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances;
// Mapping from account to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
// Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
string private _uri;
/**
* @dev See {_setURI}.
*/
constructor(string memory uri_) {
_setURI(uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return
interfaceId == type(IERC1155).interfaceId ||
interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURI).interfaceId ||
super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*
* This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
* on the token type ID substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* Clients calling this function must replace the `\\{id\\}` substring with the
* actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _uri;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: address zero is not a valid owner");
return _balances[id][account];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids)
public
view
virtual
override
returns (uint256[] memory)
{
require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch");
uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]);
}
return batchBalances;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
_setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return _operatorApprovals[account][operator];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
);
_safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
);
_safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
* substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\\{id\\}` substring in either the
* URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
* clients with the token type ID.
*
* For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\\{id\\}.json` URI would be
* interpreted by clients as
* `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
* for token type ID 0x4cce0.
*
* See {uri}.
*
* Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
* this function emits no events.
*/
function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
_uri = newuri;
}
/**
* @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mint(
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mintBatch(
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
_balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i];
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from`
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`.
*/
function _burn(
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
*/
function _burnBatch(
address from,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function _setApprovalForAll(
address owner,
address operator,
bool approved
) internal virtual {
require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self");
_operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `ids` and `amounts` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _afterTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155Received.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns (
bytes4 response
) {
if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1);
array[0] = element;
return array;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1155.sol";
/**
* @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id.
*
* Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be
* clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the
* corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the
* same id are not going to be minted.
*/
abstract contract ERC1155Supply is ERC1155 {
mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply;
/**
* @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id.
*/
function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
return _totalSupply[id];
}
/**
* @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not.
*/
function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) {
return ERC1155Supply.totalSupply(id) > 0;
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual override {
super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
if (from == address(0)) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
_totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i];
}
}
if (to == address(0)) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 supply = _totalSupply[id];
require(supply >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds totalSupply");
unchecked {
_totalSupply[id] = supply - amount;
}
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC1155.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
* in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155MetadataURI is IERC1155 {
/**
* @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
*
* If the `\\{id\\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
* clients with the actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
*/
event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);
/**
* @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
* transfers.
*/
event TransferBatch(
address indexed operator,
address indexed from,
address indexed to,
uint256[] ids,
uint256[] values
);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
* `approved`.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
*
* If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
* returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*/
event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
/**
* @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
external
view
returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `operator` cannot be the caller.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes calldata data
) external;
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata amounts,
bytes calldata data
) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
* called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param id The ID of the token being transferred
* @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 value,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
* is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
* been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
* @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155BatchReceived(
address operator,
address from,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata values,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
* the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
* {ERC721Enumerable}.
*/
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
using Address for address;
using Strings for uint256;
// Token name
string private _name;
// Token symbol
string private _symbol;
// Mapping from token ID to owner address
mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;
// Mapping owner address to token count
mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
// Mapping from token ID to approved address
mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
// Mapping from owner to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
*/
constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
_name = name_;
_symbol = symbol_;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return
interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
return _balances[owner];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
return owner;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
*/
function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _name;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
*/
function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _symbol;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
_requireMinted(tokenId);
string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
}
/**
* @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
* token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
* by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
return "";
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
require(
_msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
"ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
);
_approve(to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
_requireMinted(tokenId);
return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
_setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public virtual override {
//solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
_transfer(from, to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public virtual override {
safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
_safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
}
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
* are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
*
* `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
*
* This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
* implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _safeTransfer(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
_transfer(from, to, tokenId);
require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
}
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
*/
function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
return _owners[tokenId];
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
*
* Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
* and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
*/
function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0);
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
}
/**
* @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must not exist.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
* forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
*/
function _safeMint(
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
_mint(to, tokenId);
require(
_checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
"ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
);
}
/**
* @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
*
* WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must not exist.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
_beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
// Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
unchecked {
// Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
// Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
// this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
// The ERC fails to describe this case.
_balances[to] += 1;
}
_owners[tokenId] = to;
emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
* The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
* This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
_beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
// Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
// Clear approvals
delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
unchecked {
// Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
// out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
_balances[owner] -= 1;
}
delete _owners[tokenId];
emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
* As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _transfer(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) internal virtual {
require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
_beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
// Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
// Clear approvals from the previous owner
delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
unchecked {
// `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
// `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
// transfer.
// `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
// all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
_balances[from] -= 1;
_balances[to] += 1;
}
_owners[tokenId] = to;
emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
}
/**
* @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function _setApprovalForAll(
address owner,
address operator,
bool approved
) internal virtual {
require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
_operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
*/
function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
* The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
*
* @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
* @param to target address that will receive the tokens
* @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
* @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
* @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
*/
function _checkOnERC721Received(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
) private returns (bool) {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
} catch (bytes memory reason) {
if (reason.length == 0) {
revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
} else {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
}
}
}
} else {
return true;
}
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
* used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `batchSize` is non-zero.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address from,
address to,
uint256 firstTokenId,
uint256 batchSize
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
* used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `batchSize` is non-zero.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _afterTokenTransfer(
address from,
address to,
uint256 firstTokenId,
uint256 batchSize
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override.
*
* WARNING: Anyone calling this MUST ensure that the balances remain consistent with the ownership. The invariant
* being that for any address `a` the value returned by `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such
* that `ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`.
*/
// solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
function __unsafe_increaseBalance(address account, uint256 amount) internal {
_balances[account] += amount;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";
/**
* @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds
* enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
* account.
*/
abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable {
// Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;
// Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;
// Array with all token ids, used for enumeration
uint256[] private _allTokens;
// Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array
mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex;
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
*/
function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
*/
function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return _allTokens.length;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
*/
function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds");
return _allTokens[index];
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address from,
address to,
uint256 firstTokenId,
uint256 batchSize
) internal virtual override {
super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);
if (batchSize > 1) {
// Will only trigger during construction. Batch transferring (minting) is not available afterwards.
revert("ERC721Enumerable: consecutive transfers not supported");
}
uint256 tokenId = firstTokenId;
if (from == address(0)) {
_addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
} else if (from != to) {
_removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
}
if (to == address(0)) {
_removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
} else if (to != from) {
_addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
}
}
/**
* @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
* @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
* @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
*/
function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to);
_ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
_ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
}
/**
* @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
* @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
*/
function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
_allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length;
_allTokens.push(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
* while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
* gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
* This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
* @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
* @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
*/
function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
// To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
// then delete the last slot (swap and pop).
uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1;
uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
// When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
_ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
_ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
}
// This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
}
/**
* @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
* This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
* @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
*/
function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
// To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
// then delete the last slot (swap and pop).
uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1;
uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
// When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
// rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
// an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex];
_allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
_allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
// This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
_allTokens.pop();
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
* @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
* @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
*/
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
/**
* @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
*/
function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
/**
* @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
* Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
*/
function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
/**
* @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
* Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
*/
function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
* @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
* @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
*/
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection name.
*/
function name() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
*/
function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
*/
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
*/
event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
*/
event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external;
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
* are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external;
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
*
* WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
* or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
* understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external;
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
* The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
*
* Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
/**
* @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
* Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
/**
* @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @title ERC721 token receiver interface
* @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
* from ERC721 asset contracts.
*/
interface IERC721Receiver {
/**
* @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
* by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
*
* It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
* If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
*
* The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
*/
function onERC721Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library Address {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
* the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
*
* _Available since v4.8._
*/
function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
address target,
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
if (returndata.length == 0) {
// only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
// otherwise we already know that it was a contract
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
}
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason or using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract Context {
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @title Counters
* @author Matt Condon (@shrugs)
* @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number
* of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids.
*
* Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;`
*/
library Counters {
struct Counter {
// This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to
// the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add
// this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637
uint256 _value; // default: 0
}
function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) {
return counter._value;
}
function increment(Counter storage counter) internal {
unchecked {
counter._value += 1;
}
}
function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal {
uint256 value = counter._value;
require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow");
unchecked {
counter._value = value - 1;
}
}
function reset(Counter storage counter) internal {
counter._value = 0;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Strings.sol";
/**
* @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
*
* These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
* of the private keys of a given address.
*/
library ECDSA {
enum RecoverError {
NoError,
InvalidSignature,
InvalidSignatureLength,
InvalidSignatureS,
InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
}
function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
return; // no error: do nothing
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*
* Documentation for signature generation:
* - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
* - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
if (signature.length == 65) {
bytes32 r;
bytes32 s;
uint8 v;
// ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
// currently is to use assembly.
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
}
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
} else {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*/
function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.2._
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
// EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
// unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
// the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
// signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
//
// If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
// with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
// vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
// these malleable signatures as well.
if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
}
// If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
if (signer == address(0)) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
}
return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
// 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
// enforced by the type signature above
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", Strings.toString(s.length), s));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
* `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
* to the one signed with the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
*
* Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
* for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
*
* ```solidity
* function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
* return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
* }
* ```
*
* Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
*/
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
*/
library Math {
enum Rounding {
Down, // Toward negative infinity
Up, // Toward infinity
Zero // Toward zero
}
/**
* @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
*/
function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a > b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
*/
function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a < b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
* zero.
*/
function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
*
* This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
* of rounding down.
*/
function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
}
/**
* @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
* @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
* with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator
) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
unchecked {
// 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
// use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
// variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
assembly {
let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
prod0 := mul(x, y)
prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
}
// Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
if (prod1 == 0) {
return prod0 / denominator;
}
// Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
require(denominator > prod1);
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// 512 by 256 division.
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
uint256 remainder;
assembly {
// Compute remainder using mulmod.
remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
// Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
}
// Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
// See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
// Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
assembly {
// Divide denominator by twos.
denominator := div(denominator, twos)
// Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
// Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
}
// Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
// Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
// that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
// four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
// Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
// in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
// Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
// This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
// less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
// is no longer required.
result = prod0 * inverse;
return result;
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator,
Rounding rounding
) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
result += 1;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
*
* Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
if (a == 0) {
return 0;
}
// For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
//
// We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
// `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
//
// This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
// → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
// → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
//
// Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
// At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
// since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
// every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
// into the expected uint128 result.
unchecked {
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
return min(result, a / result);
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = sqrt(a);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 128;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
value >>= 8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 4 > 0) {
value >>= 4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 2 > 0) {
value >>= 2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 1 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log2(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >= 10**64) {
value /= 10**64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >= 10**32) {
value /= 10**32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >= 10**16) {
value /= 10**16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >= 10**8) {
value /= 10**8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >= 10**4) {
value /= 10**4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >= 10**2) {
value /= 10**2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >= 10**1) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log10(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*
* Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
*/
function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log256(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
*
* Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
* This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
*
* The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
*
* Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
* ```
* contract ERC1967 {
* bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
*
* function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
* return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
* }
*
* function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
* require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
* StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
* }
* }
* ```
*
* _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
*/
library StorageSlot {
struct AddressSlot {
address value;
}
struct BooleanSlot {
bool value;
}
struct Bytes32Slot {
bytes32 value;
}
struct Uint256Slot {
uint256 value;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
* @dev String operations.
*/
library Strings {
bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
*/
function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
string memory buffer = new string(length);
uint256 ptr;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
}
while (true) {
ptr--;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
}
value /= 10;
if (value == 0) break;
}
return buffer;
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
buffer[0] = "0";
buffer[1] = "x";
for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
value >>= 4;
}
require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IAddressRelay, Implementation} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {IERC165} from "./interfaces/IERC165.sol";
import {IERC173} from "./interfaces/IERC173.sol";
/**
* @author Created by HeyMint Launchpad https://join.heymint.xyz
* @notice This contract contains the base logic for ERC-721A tokens deployed with HeyMint
*/
contract AddressRelay is IAddressRelay, Ownable {
mapping(bytes4 => address) public selectorToImplAddress;
mapping(bytes4 => bool) public supportedInterfaces;
bytes4[] selectors;
address[] implAddresses;
address public fallbackImplAddress;
bool public relayFrozen;
constructor() {
supportedInterfaces[0x01ffc9a7] = true; // IERC165
supportedInterfaces[0x7f5828d0] = true; // IERC173
supportedInterfaces[0x80ac58cd] = true; // IERC721
supportedInterfaces[0x5b5e139f] = true; // IERC721Metadata
supportedInterfaces[0x2a55205a] = true; // IERC2981
supportedInterfaces[0xad092b5c] = true; // IERC4907
}
/**
* @notice Permanently freezes the relay so no more selectors can be added or removed
*/
function freezeRelay() external onlyOwner {
relayFrozen = true;
}
/**
* @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
* @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
* @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
*/
function addOrUpdateSelectors(
bytes4[] memory _selectors,
address _implAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
selectorToImplAddress[selector] = _implAddress;
selectors.push(selector);
}
bool implAddressExists = false;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
implAddressExists = true;
break;
}
}
if (!implAddressExists) {
implAddresses.push(_implAddress);
}
}
/**
* @notice Removes selectors
* @param _selectors The selectors to remove
*/
function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
delete selectorToImplAddress[selector];
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectors.length; j++) {
if (selectors[j] == selector) {
// this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
delete selectors[j];
break;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
*/
function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(
address _implAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
// this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
delete implAddresses[i];
break;
}
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
delete selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]];
delete selectors[i];
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddress(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address) {
address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
if (implAddress == address(0)) {
implAddress = fallbackImplAddress;
}
require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
return implAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector. Throws an error if function does not exist.
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddressNoFallback(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address) {
address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
return implAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
* @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
*/
function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
external
view
returns (Implementation[] memory)
{
uint256 trueImplAddressCount = 0;
uint256 implAddressesLength = implAddresses.length;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] != address(0)) {
trueImplAddressCount++;
}
}
Implementation[] memory impls = new Implementation[](
trueImplAddressCount
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == address(0)) {
continue;
}
address implAddress = implAddresses[i];
bytes4[] memory selectors_;
uint256 selectorCount = 0;
uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
selectorCount++;
}
}
selectors_ = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
selectors_[selectorIndex] = selectors[j];
selectorIndex++;
}
}
impls[i] = Implementation(implAddress, selectors_);
}
return impls;
}
/**
* @notice Return all the function selectors associated with an implementation address
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
*/
function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
address _implAddress
) external view returns (bytes4[] memory) {
uint256 selectorCount = 0;
uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
selectorCount++;
}
}
bytes4[] memory selectorArr = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
selectorArr[selectorIndex] = selectors[i];
selectorIndex++;
}
}
return selectorArr;
}
/**
* @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
* @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
*/
function setFallbackImplAddress(
address _fallbackAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
fallbackImplAddress = _fallbackAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Updates the supported interfaces
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
* @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
*/
function updateSupportedInterfaces(
bytes4 _interfaceId,
bool _supported
) external onlyOwner {
supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId] = _supported;
}
/**
* @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 _interfaceId
) external view returns (bool) {
return supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId];
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721ABase is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC2981Upgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;
// Default subscription address to use to enable royalty enforcement on certain exchanges like OpenSea
address public constant CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// Default subscription address to use as a placeholder for no royalty enforcement
address public constant EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
0x511af84166215d528ABf8bA6437ec4BEcF31934B;
/**
* @notice Initializes a new child deposit contract
* @param _name The name of the token
* @param _symbol The symbol of the token
* @param _config Base configuration settings
*/
function initialize(
string memory _name,
string memory _symbol,
BaseConfig memory _config
) public initializerERC721A initializer {
__ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
__Ownable_init();
__ReentrancyGuard_init();
__OperatorFilterer_init(
_config.enforceRoyalties == true
? CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS
: EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS,
true
);
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg = _config;
// If public sale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
if (_config.publicSaleStartTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleEndTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime =
_config.publicSaleStartTime +
520 weeks;
}
// If public sale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
if (_config.publicSaleEndTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleStartTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = uint32(
block.timestamp
);
}
// If presale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
if (_config.presaleStartTime > 0 && _config.presaleEndTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime =
_config.presaleStartTime +
520 weeks;
}
// If presale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
if (_config.presaleEndTime > 0 && _config.presaleStartTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = uint32(
block.timestamp
);
}
}
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
function pause() external onlyOwner {
_pause();
}
function unpause() external onlyOwner {
_unpause();
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 interfaceId
)
public
view
virtual
override(HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
return HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
// ============ METADATA ============
/**
* @notice Returns the base URI for all tokens. If the base URI is not set, it will be generated based on the project ID
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
}
/**
* @notice Overrides the default ERC721 tokenURI function to look for specific token URIs when present
* @param tokenId The token ID to query
*/
function tokenURI(
uint256 tokenId
)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
returns (string memory)
{
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
string memory specificTokenURI = state.data.tokenURIs[tokenId];
if (bytes(specificTokenURI).length != 0) return specificTokenURI;
string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
if (bytes(baseURI).length == 0) return "";
uint256 burnTokenId = state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[tokenId];
uint256 tokenURITokenId = state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata &&
burnTokenId != 0
? burnTokenId
: tokenId;
return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenURITokenId)));
}
/**
* @notice Update the base token URI
* @param _newBaseURI The new base URI to use
*/
function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase = _newBaseURI;
}
/**
* @notice Freeze metadata so it can never be changed again
*/
function freezeMetadata() external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen = true;
}
// ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============
/**
* @notice Basic gas saving implementation of ERC-2981 royaltyInfo function with receiver set to the contract owner
* @param _salePrice The sale price used to determine the royalty amount
*/
function royaltyInfo(
uint256,
uint256 _salePrice
) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address payoutAddress = state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress !=
address(0x0)
? state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress
: owner();
if (payoutAddress == address(0x0)) {
return (payoutAddress, 0);
}
return (payoutAddress, (_salePrice * state.cfg.royaltyBps) / 10000);
}
// ============ PAYOUT ============
/**
* @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
*/
function withdraw() external nonReentrant onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
require(
state.data.fundingTargetReached,
"FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_REACHED"
);
}
if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
require(!refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_STILL_ACTIVE");
}
uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
if (state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length == 0) {
(bool success, ) = payable(owner()).call{value: balance}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
uint256 amount = (balance * state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i]) /
10000;
(bool success, ) = HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.payoutAddresses[i]
.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
}
}
// ============ PUBLIC SALE ============
/**
* @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function publicPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting
*/
function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleActive = _saleActiveState;
}
/**
* @notice Update the public mint price
* @param _publicPrice The new public mint price to use
*/
function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice = _publicPrice;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the public sale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address
*/
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the public sale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction
*/
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.cfg
.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Update the start time for public mint
* @param _publicSaleStartTime The new start time for public mint
*/
function setPublicSaleStartTime(
uint32 _publicSaleStartTime
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = _publicSaleStartTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update the end time for public mint
* @param _publicSaleEndTime The new end time for public mint
*/
function setPublicSaleEndTime(
uint32 _publicSaleEndTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
* @param _usePublicSaleTimes Whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
*/
function setUsePublicSaleTimes(
bool _usePublicSaleTimes
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePublicSaleTimes = _usePublicSaleTimes;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
*/
function publicSaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (
state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Allow for public minting of tokens
* @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
*/
function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable nonReentrant {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
_numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
_numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
uint256 publicPrice = publicPriceInWei();
if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
}
if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
firstTokenIdToMint + i
] = publicPrice;
}
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
}
// ============ REFUND ============
/**
* Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
*/
function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, AdvancedConfig, BurnToken, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionA is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
/**
* @notice Returns all storage variables for the contract
*/
function getSettings()
external
view
returns (
BaseConfig memory,
AdvancedConfig memory,
BurnToken[] memory,
bool,
bool,
bool,
uint256
)
{
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
return (
state.cfg,
state.advCfg,
state.burnTokens,
state.data.advancedConfigInitialized,
state.data.fundingTargetReached,
state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
state.data.currentLoanTotal
);
}
/**
* @notice Updates the address configuration for the contract
*/
function updateBaseConfig(
BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(
_baseConfig.maxSupply <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_baseConfig.presaleMaxSupply <= state.cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_baseConfig.fundingEndsAt == state.cfg.fundingEndsAt,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_baseConfig.fundingTarget == state.cfg.fundingTarget,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_baseConfig.heyMintFeeActive == state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
require(
keccak256(abi.encode(_baseConfig.uriBase)) ==
keccak256(abi.encode(state.cfg.uriBase)),
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
}
state.cfg = _baseConfig;
}
/**
* @notice Updates the advanced configuration for the contract
*/
function updateAdvancedConfig(
AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
require(
_advancedConfig.metadataFrozen,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
}
if (state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled) {
require(
_advancedConfig.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
}
if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
require(
_advancedConfig.refundPrice == state.advCfg.refundPrice,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_advancedConfig.refundEndsAt >= state.advCfg.refundEndsAt,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
} else if (
_advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0 || _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0
) {
require(
_advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0,
"REFUND_PRICE_MUST_BE_SET"
);
require(
_advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0,
"REFUND_DURATION_MUST_BE_SET"
);
}
if (!state.data.advancedConfigInitialized) {
state.data.advancedConfigInitialized = true;
}
uint256 payoutAddressesLength = _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses.length;
uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _advancedConfig
.payoutBasisPoints
.length;
if (state.advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen) {
require(
_advancedConfig.payoutAddressesFrozen,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
payoutAddressesLength == state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
payoutBasisPointsLength ==
state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints.length,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddressesLength; i++) {
require(
_advancedConfig.payoutAddresses[i] ==
state.advCfg.payoutAddresses[i],
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i] ==
state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i],
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
}
} else if (payoutAddressesLength > 0) {
require(
payoutAddressesLength == payoutBasisPointsLength,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
totalBasisPoints += _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i];
}
require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
}
state.advCfg = _advancedConfig;
}
/**
* @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens
* @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
*/
function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external onlyOwner {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(_newMaxSupply < cfg.maxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH");
require(
_newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(),
"SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
);
cfg.maxSupply = _newMaxSupply;
}
// ============ PAYOUT ============
/**
* @notice Freeze all payout addresses so they can never be changed again
*/
function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
}
/**
* @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
* @param _payoutAddresses The new payout addresses to use
* @param _payoutBasisPoints The amount to pay out to each address in _payoutAddresses (in basis points)
*/
function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
uint16[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
) external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _payoutBasisPoints.length;
require(
!advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen,
"CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
);
require(
_payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPointsLength,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
}
require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
advCfg.payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
advCfg.payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
}
// ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============
/**
* @notice Updates royalty basis points
* @param _royaltyBps The new royalty basis points to use
*/
function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.royaltyBps = _royaltyBps;
}
/**
* @notice Updates royalty payout address
* @param _royaltyPayoutAddress The new royalty payout address to use
*/
function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(
address _royaltyPayoutAddress
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.royaltyPayoutAddress = _royaltyPayoutAddress;
}
// ============ GIFT ============
/**
* @notice Allow owner to send 'mintNumber' tokens without cost to multiple addresses
* @param _receivers The addresses to send the tokens to
* @param _mintNumber The number of tokens to send to each address
*/
function gift(
address[] calldata _receivers,
uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
) external payable onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(
_receivers.length == _mintNumber.length,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
uint256 totalMints = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
totalMints += _mintNumber[i];
}
require(
totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = (totalMints * heymintFeePerToken()) / 10;
require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
_safeMint(_receivers[i], _mintNumber[i]);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {HeyMintStorage, BaseConfig, BurnToken} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionB is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;
// Address where burnt tokens are sent.
address public constant burnAddress =
0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;
// ============ PRESALE ============
/**
* @notice Returns the presale price in wei. Presale price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function presalePriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting
* @param _saleActiveState The new presale activ
.e state
*/
function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleActive = _saleActiveState;
}
/**
* @notice Update the presale mint price
* @param _presalePrice The new presale mint price to use
*/
function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice = _presalePrice;
}
/**
* @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens available to mint in the presale
* @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of presale tokens available to mint
*/
function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply
) external onlyOwner {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(
_newPresaleMaxSupply < cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
"NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
);
cfg.presaleMaxSupply = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the presale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address in the presale
*/
function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.cfg
.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the presale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction in the presale
*/
function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.cfg
.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
* @param _presaleSignerAddress The new signer address to use
*/
function setPresaleSignerAddress(
address _presaleSignerAddress
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Update the start time for presale mint
*/
function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = _presaleStartTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update the end time for presale mint
*/
function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external onlyOwner {
require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime = _presaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times
*/
function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePresaleTimes = _usePresaleTimes;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if presale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
*/
function presaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
if (
cfg.usePresaleTimes == false ||
cfg.presaleStartTime == 0 ||
cfg.presaleEndTime == 0
) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= cfg.presaleStartTime &&
block.timestamp <= cfg.presaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
* @param _messageHash The hash of the message to verify
* @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
*/
function verifySignerAddress(
bytes32 _messageHash,
bytes calldata _signature
) private view returns (bool) {
return
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress ==
_messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
}
/**
* @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
* @param _messageHash The hash of the message containing msg.sender & _maximumAllowedMints to verify
* @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
* @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
* @param _maximumAllowedMints The maximum number of tokens that can be minted by the caller
*/
function presaleMint(
bytes32 _messageHash,
bytes calldata _signature,
uint256 _numTokens,
uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
) external payable nonReentrant {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(cfg.presaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(presaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
_numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
_numTokens <= cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
_numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= _maximumAllowedMints,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
cfg.presaleMaxSupply == 0 ||
totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
uint256 presalePrice = presalePriceInWei();
if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
require(
msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
require(
msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
}
require(
keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints)) ==
_messageHash,
"MESSAGE_INVALID"
);
require(
verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
"INVALID_SIGNATURE"
);
if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
firstTokenIdToMint + i
] = presalePrice;
}
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
}
// ============ BURN TO MINT ============
/**
* @notice Returns the burn payment in wei. Price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function burnPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning to claim a token
* @param _burnClaimActive If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
*/
function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (_burnClaimActive) {
require(state.burnTokens.length != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
}
state.advCfg.burnClaimActive = _burnClaimActive;
}
/**
* @notice Set the contract address of the NFT to be burned in order to mint
* @param _burnTokens An array of all tokens required for burning
*/
function updateBurnTokens(
BurnToken[] calldata _burnTokens
) external onlyOwner {
BurnToken[] storage burnTokens = HeyMintStorage.state().burnTokens;
uint256 oldBurnTokensLength = burnTokens.length;
uint256 newBurnTokensLength = _burnTokens.length;
// Update the existing BurnTokens and push any new BurnTokens
for (uint256 i = 0; i < newBurnTokensLength; i++) {
if (i < oldBurnTokensLength) {
burnTokens[i] = _burnTokens[i];
} else {
burnTokens.push(_burnTokens[i]);
}
}
// Pop any extra BurnTokens if the new array is shorter
for (uint256 i = oldBurnTokensLength; i > newBurnTokensLength; i--) {
burnTokens.pop();
}
}
/**
* @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token burned
* @param _mintsPerBurn The new number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
*/
function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerBurn = _mintsPerBurn;
}
/**
* @notice Update the price required to be paid alongside a burn tx to mint (payment is per tx, not per token in the case of >1 mintsPerBurn)
* @param _burnPayment The new amount of payment required per burn transaction
*/
function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment = _burnPayment;
}
/**
* @notice If true, real token ids are used for metadata. If false, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist.
* @param _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata If true, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist. If false, real token ids are used.
*/
function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata = _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
}
/**
* @notice Burn tokens from other contracts in order to mint tokens on this contract
* @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the tokens being burned
* @param _contracts The contracts of the tokens to burn in the same order as the array burnTokens
* @param _tokenIds Nested array of token ids to burn for 721 and amounts to burn for 1155 corresponding to _contracts
* @param _tokensToMint The number of tokens to mint
*/
function burnToMint(
address[] calldata _contracts,
uint256[][] calldata _tokenIds,
uint256 _tokensToMint
) external payable nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
uint256 contractsLength = _contracts.length;
uint256 burnTokenLength = state.burnTokens.length;
require(burnTokenLength > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(state.advCfg.burnClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
contractsLength == _tokenIds.length,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
require(contractsLength == burnTokenLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH");
require(
totalSupply() + _tokensToMint <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
uint256 burnPayment = burnPaymentInWei();
uint256 burnPaymentTotal = burnPayment *
(_tokensToMint / state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn);
if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = _tokensToMint * heymintFeePerToken();
require(
msg.value == burnPaymentTotal + heymintFee,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
require(msg.value == burnPaymentTotal, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID");
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < burnTokenLength; i++) {
BurnToken memory burnToken = state.burnTokens[i];
require(
burnToken.contractAddress == _contracts[i],
"INCORRECT_CONTRACT"
);
if (burnToken.tokenType == 1) {
uint256 _tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds[i].length;
require(
(_tokenIdsLength / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
_tokensToMint,
"INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
);
for (uint256 j = 0; j < _tokenIdsLength; j++) {
IERC721 burnContract = IERC721(_contracts[i]);
uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i][j];
require(
burnContract.ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender,
"MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
);
burnContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, tokenId);
}
} else if (burnToken.tokenType == 2) {
uint256 amountToBurn = _tokenIds[i][0];
require(
(amountToBurn / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
_tokensToMint,
"INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
);
IERC1155 burnContract = IERC1155(_contracts[i]);
require(
burnContract.balanceOf(msg.sender, burnToken.tokenId) >=
amountToBurn,
"MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
);
burnContract.safeTransferFrom(
msg.sender,
burnAddress,
burnToken.tokenId,
amountToBurn,
""
);
}
}
if (state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata) {
require(
_tokenIds[0].length == _tokensToMint,
"BURN_TOKENS_MUST_MATCH_MINT_NO"
);
uint256 firstNewTokenId = _nextTokenId();
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokensToMint; i++) {
state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[
firstNewTokenId + i
] = _tokenIds[0][i];
}
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, _tokensToMint);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, Data, BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionC is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
/**
* @notice Update the specific token URI for a set of tokens
* @param _tokenIds The token IDs to update
* @param _newURIs The new URIs to use
*/
function setTokenURIs(
uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
string[] calldata _newURIs
) external onlyOwner {
require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds.length;
require(tokenIdsLength == _newURIs.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenURIs[_tokenIds[i]] = _newURIs[i];
}
}
function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {
return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
}
// ============ CREDIT CARD PAYMENT ============
/**
* @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function _publicPriceInWei() internal view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
*/
function _publicSaleTimeIsActive() internal view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (
state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Returns an array of default addresses authorized to call creditCardMint
*/
function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
public
pure
returns (address[5] memory)
{
return [
0xf3DB642663231887E2Ff3501da6E3247D8634A6D,
0x5e01a33C75931aD0A91A12Ee016Be8D61b24ADEB,
0x9E733848061e4966c4a920d5b99a123459670aEe,
0x7754B94345BCE520f8dd4F6a5642567603e90E10,
0xdAb1a1854214684acE522439684a145E62505233
];
}
/**
* @notice Set an address authorized to call creditCardMint
* @param _creditCardMintAddress The new address to authorize
*/
function setCreditCardMintAddress(
address _creditCardMintAddress
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.creditCardMintAddress = _creditCardMintAddress;
}
function creditCardMint(
uint256 _numTokens,
address _to
) external payable nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address[5]
memory defaultAddresses = getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses();
bool authorized = false;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultAddresses.length; i++) {
if (msg.sender == defaultAddresses[i]) {
authorized = true;
break;
}
}
require(
authorized || msg.sender == state.advCfg.creditCardMintAddress,
"NOT_AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS"
);
require(state.cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(_publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
_numberMinted(_to) + _numTokens <=
state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
_numTokens <= state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
totalSupply() + _numTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
uint256 publicPrice = _publicPriceInWei();
if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
}
if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
firstTokenIdToMint + i
] = publicPrice;
}
}
_safeMint(_to, _numTokens);
if (totalSupply() >= state.cfg.maxSupply) {
state.cfg.publicSaleActive = false;
}
}
// ============ SOULBINDING ============
/**
* @notice Change the admin address used to transfer tokens if needed.
* @param _adminAddress The new soulbound admin address
*/
function setSoulboundAdminAddress(
address _adminAddress
) external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
require(!advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled);
advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = _adminAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Disallow admin transfers of soulbound tokens permanently.
*/
function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = address(0);
advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled = true;
}
/**
* @notice Turn soulbinding on or off
* @param _soulbindingActive If true soulbinding is active
*/
function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive = _soulbindingActive;
}
/**
* @notice Allows an admin address to initiate token transfers if user wallets get hacked or lost
* This function can only be used on soulbound tokens to prevent arbitrary transfers of normal tokens
* @param _from The address to transfer from
* @param _to The address to transfer to
* @param _tokenId The token id to transfer
*/
function soulboundAdminTransfer(
address _from,
address _to,
uint256 _tokenId
) external {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address adminAddress = state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress == address(0)
? owner()
: state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress;
require(msg.sender == adminAddress, "NOT_ADMIN");
require(state.cfg.soulbindingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
!state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
"NOT_ACTIVE"
);
state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = true;
_directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = false;
}
// ============ STAKING ============
/**
* @notice Turn staking on or off
* @param _stakingState The new state of staking (true = on, false = off)
*/
function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.stakingActive = _stakingState;
}
/**
* @notice Stake an arbitrary number of tokens
* @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to stake
*/
function stakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(state.advCfg.stakingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
if (state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0) {
state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = block.timestamp;
emit Stake(tokenId);
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Unstake an arbitrary number of tokens
* @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to unstake
*/
function unstakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
if (data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] != 0) {
data.totalTimeStaked[tokenId] +=
block.timestamp -
data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId];
data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = 0;
emit Unstake(tokenId);
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Allows for transfers (not sales) while staking
* @param _from The address of the current owner of the token
* @param _to The address of the new owner of the token
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to transfer
*/
function stakingTransfer(
address _from,
address _to,
uint256 _tokenId
) external {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
data.stakingTransferActive = true;
safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
data.stakingTransferActive = false;
}
/**
* @notice Allow contract owner to forcibly unstake a token if needed
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to unstake
*/
function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
require(HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] != 0);
data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId] +=
block.timestamp -
data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] = 0;
emit Unstake(_tokenId);
}
/**
* @notice Return the total amount of time a token has been staked
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
*/
function totalTokenStakeTime(
uint256 _tokenId
) external view returns (uint256) {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
uint256 currentStakeStartTime = data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
return
(block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime) +
data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
}
return data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
}
/**
* @notice Return the amount of time a token has been currently staked
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
*/
function currentTokenStakeTime(
uint256 _tokenId
) external view returns (uint256) {
uint256 currentStakeStartTime = HeyMintStorage
.state()
.data
.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
return block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime;
}
return 0;
}
// ============ FREE CLAIM ============
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow free claiming tokens
* @param _freeClaimActive If true tokens can be claimed for free
*/
function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
if (_freeClaimActive) {
require(
advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
"NOT_CONFIGURED"
);
require(advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
}
advCfg.freeClaimActive = _freeClaimActive;
}
/**
* @notice Set the contract address of the NFT eligible for free claim
* @param _freeClaimContractAddress The new contract address
*/
function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
address _freeClaimContractAddress
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.freeClaimContractAddress = _freeClaimContractAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token redeemed from the external ERC721 contract
* @param _mintsPerFreeClaim The new number of free mints per token redeemed
*/
function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(
uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim = _mintsPerFreeClaim;
}
/**
* @notice Check if an array of tokens is eligible for free claim
* @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to check
*/
function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
) external view returns (bool[] memory) {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
bool[] memory eligible = new bool[](_tokenIDs.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
eligible[i] = !data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]];
}
return eligible;
}
/**
* @notice Free claim token when msg.sender owns the token in the external contract
* @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to redeem
*/
function freeClaim(
uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
) external payable nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIDs.length;
uint256 totalMints = tokenIdsLength * state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim;
require(
state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
"NOT_CONFIGURED"
);
require(state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(state.advCfg.freeClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = totalMints * heymintFeePerToken();
require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
IERC721 ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract = IERC721(
state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
require(
ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract.ownerOf(_tokenIDs[i]) ==
msg.sender,
"MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
);
require(
!state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]],
"TOKEN_ALREADY_CLAIMED"
);
state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]] = true;
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, totalMints);
}
// ============ RANDOM HASH ============
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow random hash generation
* @param _randomHashActive true to enable random hash generation, false to disable
*/
function setGenerateRandomHashState(
bool _randomHashActive
) external onlyOwner {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
cfg.randomHashActive = _randomHashActive;
}
/**
* @notice Retrieve random hashes for an array of token ids
* @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to retrieve random hashes for
*/
function getRandomHashes(
uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
bytes32[] memory randomHashes = new bytes32[](_tokenIDs.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
randomHashes[i] = data.randomHashStore[_tokenIDs[i]];
}
return randomHashes;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionD is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
// Address of the HeyMint admin address
address public constant heymintAdminAddress =
0x52EA5F96f004d174470901Ba3F1984D349f0D3eF;
// Address where burnt tokens are sent.
address public constant burnAddress =
0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;
// ============ HEYMINT FEE ============
/**
* @notice Allows the heymintAdminAddress to set the heymint fee per token
* @param _heymintFeePerToken The new fee per token in wei
*/
function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {
require(msg.sender == heymintAdminAddress, "MUST_BE_HEYMINT_ADMIN");
HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken = _heymintFeePerToken;
}
// ============ HEYMINT DEPOSIT TOKEN REDEMPTION ============
/**
* @notice Returns the deposit payment in wei. Deposit payment is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return
uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.remainingDepositPayment) *
10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning a deposit token to mint
* @param _depositClaimActive If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
*/
function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
if (_depositClaimActive) {
require(advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(
advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
"NOT_CONFIGURED"
);
}
advCfg.depositClaimActive = _depositClaimActive;
}
/**
* @notice Set the merkle root used to validate the deposit tokens eligible for burning
* @dev Each leaf in the merkle tree is the token id of a deposit token
* @param _depositMerkleRoot The new merkle root
*/
function setDepositMerkleRoot(
bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.depositMerkleRoot = _depositMerkleRoot;
}
/**
* @notice Set the address of the HeyMint deposit contract eligible for burning to mint
* @param _depositContractAddress The new deposit contract address
*/
function setDepositContractAddress(
address _depositContractAddress
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.depositContractAddress = _depositContractAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Set the remaining payment required in order to mint along with burning a deposit token
* @param _remainingDepositPayment The new remaining payment in centiETH
*/
function setRemainingDepositPayment(
uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.remainingDepositPayment = _remainingDepositPayment;
}
/**
* @notice Allows for burning deposit tokens in order to mint. The tokens must be eligible for burning.
* Additional payment may be required in addition to burning the deposit tokens.
* @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the deposit tokens being burned
* @param _tokenIds The token ids of the deposit tokens to burn
* @param _merkleProofs The merkle proofs for each token id verifying eligibility
*/
function burnDepositTokensToMint(
uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
bytes32[][] calldata _merkleProofs
) external payable nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(
state.advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
"NOT_CONFIGURED"
);
require(state.advCfg.depositClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
uint256 numberOfTokens = _tokenIds.length;
require(numberOfTokens > 0, "NO_TOKEN_IDS_PROVIDED");
require(
numberOfTokens == _merkleProofs.length,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
require(
totalSupply() + numberOfTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
msg.value == remainingDepositPaymentInWei() * numberOfTokens,
"INCORRECT_REMAINING_PAYMENT"
);
IERC721 DepositContract = IERC721(state.advCfg.depositContractAddress);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberOfTokens; i++) {
require(
MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
_merkleProofs[i],
state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot,
keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_tokenIds[i]))
),
"INVALID_MERKLE_PROOF"
);
require(
DepositContract.ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender,
"MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
);
DepositContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, _tokenIds[i]);
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
}
// ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============
/**
* @notice Returns the funding target in wei. Funding target is stored with 2 decimals (1 = 0.01 ETH), so total 2 + 16 == 18 decimals
*/
function fundingTargetInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.fundingTarget) * 10 ** 16;
}
/**
* @notice To be called by anyone once the funding duration has passed to determine if the funding target was reached
* If the funding target was not reached, all funds are refundable. Must be called before owner can withdraw funds
*/
function determineFundingSuccess() external {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(
address(this).balance >= fundingTargetInWei(),
"FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_MET"
);
require(
!state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
"SUCCESS_ALREADY_DETERMINED"
);
state.data.fundingTargetReached = true;
state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined = true;
}
/**
* @notice Burn tokens and return the price paid to the token owner if the funding target was not reached
* Can be called starting 1 day after funding duration ends
* @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to be refunded
*/
function burnToRefund(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
// Prevent refunding tokens on a contract where conditional funding has not been enabled
require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
require(
block.timestamp > uint256(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt) + 1 days,
"FUNDING_PERIOD_STILL_ACTIVE"
);
require(!state.data.fundingTargetReached, "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET");
require(
address(this).balance < fundingTargetInWei(),
"FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET"
);
uint256 totalRefund = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
require(ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
require(
state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]] > 0,
"TOKEN_WAS_NOT_PURCHASED"
);
safeTransferFrom(
msg.sender,
0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD,
_tokenIds[i]
);
totalRefund += state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]];
}
(bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: totalRefund}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
// ============ LOANING ============
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow for loan functionality to turned on and off
* @param _loaningActive The new state of loaning (true = on, false = off)
*/
function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.loaningActive = _loaningActive;
}
/**
* @notice Allow owner to loan their tokens to other addresses
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to loan
* @param _receiver The address of the receiver of the loan
*/
function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(
state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == address(0),
"CANNOT_LOAN_BORROWED_TOKEN"
);
require(state.advCfg.loaningActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
require(_receiver != msg.sender, "CANNOT_LOAN_TO_SELF");
// Transfer the token - must do this before updating the mapping otherwise transfer will fail; nonReentrant modifier will prevent reentrancy
safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
// Add it to the mapping of originally loaned tokens
state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] = msg.sender;
// Add to the owner's loan balance
state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] += 1;
state.data.currentLoanTotal += 1;
emit Loan(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
}
/**
* @notice Allow the original owner of a token to retrieve a loaned token
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
*/
function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
require(borrowerAddress != msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
require(
state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == msg.sender,
"MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
);
// Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
// Subtract from the owner's loan balance
state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] -= 1;
state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
// Transfer the token back
_directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
}
/**
* @notice Allow contract owner to retrieve a loan to prevent malicious floor listings
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
*/
function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
address loanerAddress = state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
require(loanerAddress != address(0), "TOKEN_NOT_LOANED");
// Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
// Subtract from the owner's loan balance
state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[loanerAddress] -= 1;
state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
// Transfer the token back
_directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
}
/**
* Returns the total number of loaned tokens
*/
function totalLoaned() public view returns (uint256) {
return HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentLoanTotal;
}
/**
* Returns the loaned balance of an address
* @param _owner The address to check
*/
function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
return HeyMintStorage.state().data.totalLoanedPerAddress[_owner];
}
/**
* Returns all the token ids loaned by a given address
* @param _owner The address to check
*/
function loanedTokensByAddress(
address _owner
) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
uint256 totalTokensLoaned = loanedBalanceOf(_owner);
uint256 mintedSoFar = totalSupply();
uint256 tokenIdsIdx = 0;
uint256[] memory allTokenIds = new uint256[](totalTokensLoaned);
for (
uint256 i = 1;
i <= mintedSoFar && tokenIdsIdx != totalTokensLoaned;
i++
) {
if (HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[i] == _owner) {
allTokenIds[tokenIdsIdx] = i;
tokenIdsIdx++;
}
}
return allTokenIds;
}
// ============ REFUND ============
/**
* @notice Returns the refund price in wei. Refund price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function refundPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundPrice) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
*/
function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
}
/**
* @notice Set the address where tokens are sent when refunded
* @param _refundAddress The new refund address
*/
function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external onlyOwner {
require(_refundAddress != address(0), "CANNOT_SEND_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS");
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundAddress = _refundAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Increase the period of time where token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
* @param _newRefundEndsAt The new timestamp when the refund period ends. Must be greater than the current timestamp
*/
function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external onlyOwner {
AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
require(
_newRefundEndsAt > advCfg.refundEndsAt,
"MUST_INCREASE_DURATION"
);
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundEndsAt = _newRefundEndsAt;
}
/**
* @notice Refund token and return the refund price to the token owner.
* @param _tokenId The id of the token to refund
*/
function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
require(refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_EXPIRED");
require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
// In case refunds are enabled with conditional funding, don't allow burnToRefund on refunded tokens
if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
delete state.data.pricePaid[_tokenId];
}
address addressToSendToken = state.advCfg.refundAddress != address(0)
? state.advCfg.refundAddress
: owner();
safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, addressToSendToken, _tokenId);
(bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: refundPriceInWei()}(
""
);
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
/**
* @title HeyMint ERC721A Function Reference
* @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
* @notice This is a function reference contract for Etherscan reference purposes only.
* This contract includes all the functions from multiple implementation contracts.
*/
contract HeyMintERC721AReference {
struct BaseConfig {
bool publicSaleActive;
bool usePublicSaleTimes;
bool presaleActive;
bool usePresaleTimes;
bool soulbindingActive;
bool randomHashActive;
bool enforceRoyalties;
bool heyMintFeeActive;
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
uint16 maxSupply;
uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
uint16 royaltyBps;
uint32 publicPrice;
uint32 presalePrice;
uint24 projectId;
string uriBase;
address presaleSignerAddress;
uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
uint32 presaleStartTime;
uint32 presaleEndTime;
uint32 fundingEndsAt;
uint32 fundingTarget;
}
struct TokenOwnership {
address addr;
uint64 startTimestamp;
bool burned;
uint24 extraData;
}
struct AdvancedConfig {
bool stakingActive;
bool loaningActive;
bool freeClaimActive;
uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
address freeClaimContractAddress;
bool burnClaimActive;
bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
uint8 mintsPerBurn;
uint32 burnPayment;
bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
uint32 refundEndsAt;
uint32 refundPrice;
bool metadataFrozen;
bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
bool depositClaimActive;
uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
address depositContractAddress;
bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
address[] payoutAddresses;
address royaltyPayoutAddress;
address soulboundAdminAddress;
address refundAddress;
address creditCardMintAddress;
}
struct BurnToken {
address contractAddress;
uint8 tokenType;
uint8 tokensPerBurn;
uint16 tokenId;
}
function CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}
function EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable {}
function balanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}
function explicitOwnershipOf(
uint256 tokenId
) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {}
function explicitOwnershipsOf(
uint256[] memory tokenIds
) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory) {}
function freezeMetadata() external {}
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}
function defaultHeymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}
function heymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}
function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {}
function heymintPayoutAddress() external view returns (address) {}
function initialize(
string memory _name,
string memory _symbol,
BaseConfig memory _config
) external {}
function isApprovedForAll(
address _owner,
address operator
) external view returns (bool) {}
function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() external view returns (bool) {}
function name() external view returns (string memory) {}
function numberMinted(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}
function owner() external view returns (address) {}
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}
function pause() external {}
function paused() external view returns (bool) {}
function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable {}
function publicPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function publicSaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}
function refundGuaranteeActive() external view returns (bool) {}
function renounceOwnership() external {}
function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {}
function royaltyInfo(
uint256,
uint256 _salePrice
) external view returns (address, uint256) {}
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable {}
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
) external payable {}
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external {}
function setBaseURI(string memory _newBaseURI) external {}
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external {}
function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external {}
function setPublicSaleEndTime(uint32 _publicSaleEndTime) external {}
function setPublicSaleStartTime(uint32 _publicSaleStartTime) external {}
function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}
function setUsePublicSaleTimes(bool _usePublicSaleTimes) external {}
function setUser(uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires) external {}
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 interfaceId
) external view returns (bool) {}
function symbol() external view returns (string memory) {}
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory) {}
function tokensOfOwner(
address _owner
) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}
function tokensOfOwnerIn(
address _owner,
uint256 start,
uint256 stop
) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}
function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256) {}
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable {}
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external {}
function unpause() external {}
function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256) {}
function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}
function withdraw() external {}
function freezePayoutAddresses() external {}
function getSettings()
external
view
returns (
BaseConfig memory,
AdvancedConfig memory,
BurnToken[] memory,
bool,
bool,
bool,
uint256
)
{}
function gift(
address[] memory _receivers,
uint256[] memory _mintNumber
) external payable {}
function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external {}
function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external {}
function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(address _royaltyPayoutAddress) external {}
function updateAdvancedConfig(
AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
) external {}
function updateBaseConfig(BaseConfig memory _baseConfig) external {}
function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
address[] memory _payoutAddresses,
uint16[] memory _payoutBasisPoints
) external {}
function heymintAdminAddress() external view returns (address) {}
function burnAddress() external view returns (address) {}
function burnToMint(
address[] memory _contracts,
uint256[][] memory _tokenIds,
uint256 _tokensToMint
) external payable {}
function presaleMint(
bytes32 _messageHash,
bytes memory _signature,
uint256 _numTokens,
uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
) external payable {}
function presalePriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function presaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}
function reducePresaleMaxSupply(uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply) external {}
function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external {}
function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external {}
function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}
function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external {}
function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external {}
function setPresaleSignerAddress(address _presaleSignerAddress) external {}
function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external {}
function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}
function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
) external {}
function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external {}
function updateBurnTokens(BurnToken[] memory _burnTokens) external {}
function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external {}
function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external {}
function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {}
function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
) external view returns (bool[] memory) {}
function currentTokenStakeTime(
uint256 _tokenId
) external view returns (uint256) {}
function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external {}
function freeClaim(uint256[] memory _tokenIDs) external payable {}
function getRandomHashes(
uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {}
function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
address _freeClaimContractAddress
) external {}
function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external {}
function setGenerateRandomHashState(bool _randomHashActive) external {}
function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external {}
function setSoulboundAdminAddress(address _adminAddress) external {}
function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external {}
function setTokenURIs(
uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
string[] memory _newURIs
) external {}
function soulboundAdminTransfer(
address _from,
address _to,
uint256 _tokenId
) external {}
function stakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}
function stakingTransfer(
address _from,
address _to,
uint256 _tokenId
) external {}
function totalTokenStakeTime(
uint256 _tokenId
) external view returns (uint256) {}
function unstakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}
function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim) external {}
function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}
function burnDepositTokensToMint(
uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
bytes32[][] memory _merkleProofs
) external payable {}
function burnToRefund(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}
function determineFundingSuccess() external {}
function fundingTargetInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external {}
function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external {}
function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}
function loanedTokensByAddress(
address _owner
) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}
function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external {}
function refundPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}
function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external {}
function setDepositContractAddress(
address _depositContractAddress
) external {}
function setDepositMerkleRoot(bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot) external {}
function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external {}
function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external {}
function setRemainingDepositPayment(
uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
) external {}
function totalLoaned() external view returns (uint256) {}
function burnPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}
function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external {}
function setCreditCardMintAddress(
address _creditCardMintAddress
) external {}
function creditCardMint(uint256 _numTokens, address _to) external payable {}
function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
public
pure
returns (address[5] memory)
{}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {Data, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AStorage} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @title HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable
* @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
* @notice This contract contains shared logic to be inherited by all implementation contracts
*/
contract HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable is
ERC4907AUpgradeable,
ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
OwnableUpgradeable,
PausableUpgradeable,
ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
uint256 public constant defaultHeymintFeePerToken = 0.0007 ether;
address public constant heymintPayoutAddress =
0xE1FaC470dE8dE91c66778eaa155C64c7ceEFc851;
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
/**
* @dev Overrides the default ERC721A _startTokenId() so tokens begin at 1 instead of 0
*/
function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return 1;
}
/**
* @notice Wraps and exposes publicly _numberMinted() from ERC721A
* @param _owner The address of the owner to check
*/
function numberMinted(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
return _numberMinted(_owner);
}
/**
* @dev Used to directly approve a token for transfers by the current msg.sender,
* bypassing the typical checks around msg.sender being the owner of a given token.
* This approval will be automatically deleted once the token is transferred.
* @param _tokenId The ID of the token to approve
*/
function _directApproveMsgSenderFor(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[_tokenId].value = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Returns the owner of the contract
*/
function owner()
public
view
virtual
override(OwnableUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable)
returns (address)
{
return OwnableUpgradeable.owner();
}
// https://chiru-labs.github.io/ERC721A/#/migration?id=supportsinterface
/**
* @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 interfaceId
)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC4907AUpgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
// Supports the following interfaceIds:
// - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
// - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
// - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
// - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
// - IERC4907: 0xad092b5c
return
ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
ERC4907AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
// ============ HEYMINT FEE ============
/**
* @notice Returns the HeyMint fee per token. If the fee is 0, the default fee is returned
*/
function heymintFeePerToken() public view returns (uint256) {
uint256 fee = HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken;
return fee == 0 ? defaultHeymintFeePerToken : fee;
}
// ============ OPERATOR FILTER REGISTRY ============
/**
* @notice Override default ERC-721 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
* @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
* @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
* @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
*/
function setApprovalForAll(
address operator,
bool approved
)
public
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
{
require(
!HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
"TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
);
super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
}
/**
* @notice Override default ERC721 approve to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
* @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
* @param to Address to receive the approval
* @param tokenId ID of the token to be approved
*/
function approve(
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(to)
{
require(
!HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
"TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
);
super.approve(to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
}
// ============ RANDOM HASH ============
/**
* @notice Generate a suitably random hash from block data
* Can be used later to determine any sort of arbitrary outcome
* @param _tokenId The token ID to generate a random hash for
*/
function _generateRandomHash(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
if (data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] == bytes32(0)) {
data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] = keccak256(
abi.encode(block.prevrandao, _tokenId)
);
}
}
// ============ TOKEN TRANSFER CHECKS ============
function _beforeTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal override whenNotPaused onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(
!state.advCfg.stakingActive ||
state.data.stakingTransferActive ||
state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0,
"TOKEN_IS_STAKED"
);
require(
state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[tokenId] == address(0),
"CANNOT_TRANSFER_LOANED_TOKEN"
);
if (
state.cfg.soulbindingActive &&
!state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress
) {
require(from == address(0), "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND");
}
if (state.cfg.randomHashActive && from == address(0)) {
_generateRandomHash(tokenId);
}
super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, quantity);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
struct Implementation {
address implAddress;
bytes4[] selectors;
}
interface IAddressRelay {
/**
* @notice Returns the fallback implementation address
*/
function fallbackImplAddress() external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
* @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
* @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
*/
function addOrUpdateSelectors(
bytes4[] memory _selectors,
address _implAddress
) external;
/**
* @notice Removes selectors
* @param _selectors The selectors to remove
*/
function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external;
/**
* @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
*/
function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(address _implAddress) external;
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddress(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address implAddress_);
/**
* @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
* @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
*/
function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
external
view
returns (Implementation[] memory impls_);
/**
* @notice Return all the fucntion selectors associated with an implementation address
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
*/
function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
address _implAddress
) external view returns (bytes4[] memory selectors_);
/**
* @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
* @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
*/
function setFallbackImplAddress(address _fallbackAddress) external;
/**
* @notice Updates the supported interfaces
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
* @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
*/
function updateSupportedInterfaces(
bytes4 _interfaceId,
bool _supported
) external;
/**
* @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 _interfaceId
) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
interface IERC165 {
/// @notice Query if a contract implements an interface
/// @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
/// @dev Interface identification is specified in ERC-165. This function
/// uses less than 30,000 gas.
/// @return `true` if the contract implements `interfaceID` and
/// `interfaceID` is not 0xffffffff, `false` otherwise
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
/// @title ERC-173 Contract Ownership Standard
/// Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7f5828d0
/* is ERC165 */
interface IERC173 {
/// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes.
event OwnershipTransferred(
address indexed previousOwner,
address indexed newOwner
);
/// @notice Get the address of the owner
/// @return owner_ The address of the owner.
function owner() external view returns (address owner_);
/// @notice Set the address of the new owner of the contract
/// @dev Set _newOwner to address(0) to renounce any ownership.
/// @param _newOwner The address of the new owner of the contract
function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
interface IExchangeOperatorAddressList {
/**
* @notice Returns an integer representing the exchange a given operator address belongs to (0 if none)
* @param _operatorAddress The operator address to map to an exchange
*/
function operatorAddressToExchange(
address _operatorAddress
) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
struct BaseConfig {
// If true tokens can be minted in the public sale
bool publicSaleActive;
// If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the public sale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
bool usePublicSaleTimes;
// If true tokens can be minted in the presale
bool presaleActive;
// If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the presale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
bool usePresaleTimes;
// If true, all tokens will be soulbound
bool soulbindingActive;
// If true, a random hash will be generated for each token
bool randomHashActive;
// If true, the default CORI subscription address will be used to enforce royalties with the Operator Filter Registry
bool enforceRoyalties;
// If true, HeyMint fees will be charged for minting tokens
bool heyMintFeeActive;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per address
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale per address
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per transaction
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale sale per transaction
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
// Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted
uint16 maxSupply;
// Total number of tokens available for minting in the presale
uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
// The royalty payout percentage in basis points
uint16 royaltyBps;
// The price of a token in the public sale in 1/100,000 ETH - e.g. 1 = 0.00001 ETH, 100,000 = 1 ETH - multiply by 10^13 to get correct wei amount
uint32 publicPrice;
// The price of a token in the presale in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 presalePrice;
// Used to create a default HeyMint Launchpad URI for token metadata to save gas over setting a custom URI and increase fetch reliability
uint24 projectId;
// The base URI for all token metadata
string uriBase;
// The address used to sign and validate presale mints
address presaleSignerAddress;
// The automatic start time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
// The automatic end time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
// The automatic start time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
uint32 presaleStartTime;
// The automatic end time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
uint32 presaleEndTime;
// If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds by which the fundingTarget must be met or funds are refundable
uint32 fundingEndsAt;
// The amount of centiETH that must be raised by fundingEndsAt or funds are refundable - multiply by 10^16
uint32 fundingTarget;
}
struct AdvancedConfig {
// When false, tokens cannot be staked but can still be unstaked
bool stakingActive;
// When false, tokens cannot be loaned but can still be retrieved
bool loaningActive;
// If true tokens can be claimed for free
bool freeClaimActive;
// The number of tokens that can be minted per free claim
uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
// Optional address of an NFT that is eligible for free claim
address freeClaimContractAddress;
// If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
bool burnClaimActive;
// If true, the original token id of a burned token will be used for metadata
bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
// The number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
uint8 mintsPerBurn;
// The payment required alongside a burn transaction in order to mint in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 burnPayment;
// Permanently freezes payout addresses and basis points so they can never be updated
bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
// If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds until which tokens are refundable for refundPrice
uint32 refundEndsAt;
// The amount returned to a user in a token refund in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 refundPrice;
// Permanently freezes metadata so it can never be changed
bool metadataFrozen;
// If true the soulbind admin address is permanently disabled
bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
// If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
bool depositClaimActive;
// If additional payment is required to mint, this is the amount required in centiETH
uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
// The deposit token smart contract address
address depositContractAddress;
// The merkle root used to validate if deposit tokens are eligible to burn to mint
bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
// The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
// The addresses to which funds are sent when a token is sold. If empty, funds are sent to the contract owner.
address[] payoutAddresses;
// Optional address where royalties are paid out. If not set, royalties are paid to the contract owner.
address royaltyPayoutAddress;
// Used to allow transferring soulbound tokens with admin privileges. Defaults to the contract owner if not set.
address soulboundAdminAddress;
// The address where refunded tokens are returned. If not set, refunded tokens are sent to the contract owner.
address refundAddress;
// An address authorized to call the creditCardMint function.
address creditCardMintAddress;
}
struct BurnToken {
// The contract address of the token to be burned
address contractAddress;
// The type of contract - 1 = ERC-721, 2 = ERC-1155
uint8 tokenType;
// The number of tokens to burn per mint
uint8 tokensPerBurn;
// The ID of the token on an ERC-1155 contract eligible for burn; unused for ERC-721
uint16 tokenId;
}
struct Data {
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
// HeyMint fee to be paid per minted token (if not set, defaults to defaultHeymintFeePerToken)
uint256 heymintFeePerToken;
// Keeps track of if advanced config settings have been initialized to prevent setting multiple times
bool advancedConfigInitialized;
// A mapping of token IDs to specific tokenURIs for tokens that have custom metadata
mapping(uint256 => string) tokenURIs;
// ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============
// If true, the funding target was reached and funds are not refundable
bool fundingTargetReached;
// If true, funding success has been determined and determineFundingSuccess() can no longer be called
bool fundingSuccessDetermined;
// A mapping of token ID to price paid for the token
mapping(uint256 => uint256) pricePaid;
// ============ SOULBINDING ============
// Used to allow an admin to transfer soulbound tokens when necessary
bool soulboundAdminTransferInProgress;
// ============ BURN TO MINT ============
// Maps a token id to the burn token id that was used to mint it to match metadata
mapping(uint256 => uint256) tokenIdToBurnTokenId;
// ============ STAKING ============
// Used to allow direct transfers of staked tokens without unstaking first
bool stakingTransferActive;
// Returns the UNIX timestamp at which a token began staking if currently staked
mapping(uint256 => uint256) currentTimeStaked;
// Returns the total time a token has been staked in seconds, not counting the current staking time if any
mapping(uint256 => uint256) totalTimeStaked;
// ============ LOANING ============
// Used to keep track of the total number of tokens on loan
uint256 currentLoanTotal;
// Returns the total number of tokens loaned by an address
mapping(address => uint256) totalLoanedPerAddress;
// Returns the address of the original token owner if a token is currently on loan
mapping(uint256 => address) tokenOwnersOnLoan;
// ============ FREE CLAIM ============
// If true token has already been used to claim and cannot be used again
mapping(uint256 => bool) freeClaimUsed;
// ============ RANDOM HASH ============
// Stores a random hash for each token ID
mapping(uint256 => bytes32) randomHashStore;
}
library HeyMintStorage {
struct State {
BaseConfig cfg;
AdvancedConfig advCfg;
BurnToken[] burnTokens;
Data data;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT =
keccak256("heymint.launchpad.storage.erc721a");
function state() internal pure returns (State storage s) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
s.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
/**
* @author Created with HeyMint Launchpad https://launchpad.heymint.xyz
* @notice This contract handles minting Verification test tokens.
*/
contract EnumerableERC1155 is
ERC1155Supply,
Ownable,
Pausable,
ReentrancyGuard,
ERC2981
{
using ECDSA for bytes32;
// Used to validate authorized presale mint addresses
address private presaleSignerAddress =
0x0fE6E0D15E6F775138Ab556dE54B96d5C1358F3D;
address public royaltyAddress = 0x7A4dF7B461f1bE3e88373a4d933aeefE2FAdcE71;
address[] public payoutAddresses = [
0xD3371FD388664Bd16A267788dbE977582B850f5b
];
// Permanently freezes metadata for all tokens so they can never be changed
bool public allMetadataFrozen = false;
// If true, payout addresses and basis points are permanently frozen and can never be updated
bool public payoutAddressesFrozen;
// The amount of tokens minted by a given address for a given token id
mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256))
public tokensMintedByAddress;
// Permanently freezes metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMetadataFrozen;
// If true, the given token id can never be minted again
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled;
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPresaleSaleActive;
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPublicSaleActive;
// If true, sale start and end times for the presale will be enforced, else ignored
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePresaleTimes;
// If true, sale start and end times for the public sale will be enforced, else ignored
mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePublicSaleTimes;
mapping(uint256 => string) public tokenURI;
// Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted for each token id. If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenMaxSupply;
// If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMaxSupply;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresalePrice;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleEndTime;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleStartTime;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicMintsPerAddress;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicPrice;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleEndTime;
mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleStartTime;
string public name = "Verification test";
string public symbol = "VRT";
// The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
uint256[] public payoutBasisPoints = [10000];
uint96 public royaltyFee = 0;
constructor()
ERC1155(
"ipfs://bafybeicin4rmb5y44r2a5jhwvobfgxutabetrttoi3u2po7pdymxt7dwdy/{id}"
)
{
_setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
tokenPublicPrice[1] = 0.1 ether;
tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[1] = 0;
require(
payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPoints.length,
"PAYOUT_ARRAYS_NOT_SAME_LENGTH"
);
uint256 totalPayoutBasisPoints = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
totalPayoutBasisPoints += payoutBasisPoints[i];
}
require(
totalPayoutBasisPoints == 10000,
"TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000"
);
}
modifier originalUser() {
require(tx.origin == msg.sender, "CANNOT_CALL_FROM_CONTRACT");
_;
}
/**
* @notice Returns a custom URI for each token id if set
*/
function uri(
uint256 _tokenId
) public view override returns (string memory) {
// If no URI exists for the specific id requested, fallback to the default ERC-1155 URI.
if (bytes(tokenURI[_tokenId]).length == 0) {
return super.uri(_tokenId);
}
return tokenURI[_tokenId];
}
/**
* @notice Sets a URI for a specific token id.
*/
function setURI(
uint256 _tokenId,
string calldata _newTokenURI
) external onlyOwner {
require(
!allMetadataFrozen && !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
"METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN"
);
tokenURI[_tokenId] = _newTokenURI;
}
/**
* @notice Update the global default ERC-1155 base URI
*/
function setGlobalURI(string calldata _newTokenURI) external onlyOwner {
require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN");
_setURI(_newTokenURI);
}
/**
* @notice Freeze metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed again
*/
function freezeTokenMetadata(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
require(
!tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
"METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN"
);
tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId] = true;
}
/**
* @notice Freeze all metadata so it can never be changed again
*/
function freezeAllMetadata() external onlyOwner {
require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN");
allMetadataFrozen = true;
}
/**
* @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens for a given token id
* @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
* @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
*/
function reduceMaxSupply(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _newMaxSupply
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
_newMaxSupply < tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
"NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
);
require(
_newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(_tokenId),
"SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
);
tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newMaxSupply;
}
/**
* @notice Lock a token id so that it can never be minted again
*/
function permanentlyDisableTokenMinting(
uint256 _tokenId
) external onlyOwner {
tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId] = true;
}
/**
* @notice Change the royalty fee for the collection
*/
function setRoyaltyFee(uint96 _feeNumerator) external onlyOwner {
royaltyFee = _feeNumerator;
_setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
}
/**
* @notice Change the royalty address where royalty payouts are sent
*/
function setRoyaltyAddress(address _royaltyAddress) external onlyOwner {
royaltyAddress = _royaltyAddress;
_setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
}
function pause() external onlyOwner {
_pause();
}
function unpause() external onlyOwner {
_unpause();
}
/**
* @notice Override ERC1155 such that zero amount token transfers are disallowed.
* This prevents arbitrary 'creation' of new tokens in the collection by anyone.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) public override {
require(amount > 0, "AMOUNT_CANNOT_BE_ZERO");
return super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
}
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 _interfaceId
) public view override(ERC1155, ERC2981) returns (bool) {
return super.supportsInterface(_interfaceId);
}
/**
* @notice Allow owner to send tokens without cost to multiple addresses
*/
function giftTokens(
uint256 _tokenId,
address[] calldata _receivers,
uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
) external onlyOwner {
require(
!tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
"MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
);
uint256 totalMint = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
totalMint += _mintNumber[i];
}
// require either no tokenMaxSupply set or tokenMaxSupply not maxed out
require(
tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
totalSupply(_tokenId) + totalMint <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
"MINT_TOO_LARGE"
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
_mint(_receivers[i], _tokenId, _mintNumber[i], "");
}
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting for a given token
*/
function setTokenPublicSaleState(
uint256 _tokenId,
bool _saleActiveState
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
"NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
);
tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
}
/**
* @notice Update the public mint price for a given token
*/
function setTokenPublicPrice(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _publicPrice
) external onlyOwner {
tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] = _publicPrice;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum public mints allowed per a given address for a given token
*/
function setTokenPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Update the start time for public mint for a given token
*/
function setTokenPublicSaleStartTime(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _publicSaleStartTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_publicSaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleStartTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update the end time for public mint for a given token
*/
function setTokenPublicSaleEndTime(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _publicSaleEndTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times for a given token
*/
function setTokenUsePublicSaleTimes(
uint256 _tokenId,
bool _usePublicSaleTimes
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePublicSaleTimes,
"NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
);
tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePublicSaleTimes;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if public sale times are active for a given token
*/
function tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(
uint256 _tokenId
) public view returns (bool) {
if (tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
block.timestamp <= tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
}
/**
* @notice Allow for public minting of tokens for a given token
*/
function mintToken(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _numTokens
) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
require(tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId], "PUBLIC_SALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
"PUBLIC_SALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
);
require(
tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
"MAX_MINTS_FOR_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
msg.value == tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
"PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
);
require(
!tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
"MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
);
tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
_mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");
if (
tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId]
) {
tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
}
}
/**
* @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
*/
function setPresaleSignerAddress(
address _presaleSignerAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(_presaleSignerAddress != address(0));
presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting for a given token
*/
function setTokenPresaleState(
uint256 _tokenId,
bool _saleActiveState
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
"NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
);
tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
}
/**
* @notice Update the presale mint price for a given token
*/
function setTokenPresalePrice(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _presalePrice
) external onlyOwner {
tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] = _presalePrice;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum presale mints allowed per a given address for a given token
*/
function setTokenPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Reduce the presale max supply of tokens for a given token id
* @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
* @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
*/
function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _newPresaleMaxSupply
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
_newPresaleMaxSupply < tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
"NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
);
tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
}
/**
* @notice Update the start time for presale mint for a given token
*/
function setTokenPresaleStartTime(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _presaleStartTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_presaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _presaleStartTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update the end time for presale mint for a given token
*/
function setTokenPresaleEndTime(
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _presaleEndTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _presaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times for a given token
*/
function setTokenUsePresaleTimes(
uint256 _tokenId,
bool _usePresaleTimes
) external onlyOwner {
require(
tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePresaleTimes,
"NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
);
tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePresaleTimes;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if presale times are active for a given token
*/
function tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(
uint256 _tokenId
) public view returns (bool) {
if (tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
block.timestamp <= tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
}
/**
* @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
*/
function verifySignerAddress(
bytes32 _messageHash,
bytes calldata _signature
) private view returns (bool) {
return
presaleSignerAddress ==
_messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
}
/**
* @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
*/
function presaleMint(
bytes32 _messageHash,
bytes calldata _signature,
uint256 _tokenId,
uint256 _numTokens,
uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
require(tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId], "PRESALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
"PRESALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
);
require(
!tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
"MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
);
require(
tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
"MAX_MINTS_PER_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
_maximumAllowedMints == 0 ||
tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
_maximumAllowedMints,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <=
tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
msg.value == tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
"PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
);
require(
keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints, _tokenId)) ==
_messageHash,
"MESSAGE_INVALID"
);
require(
verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
"SIGNATURE_VALIDATION_FAILED"
);
tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
_mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");
if (
tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId]
) {
tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
}
}
/**
* @notice Freeze all payout addresses and percentages so they can never be changed again
*/
function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_ALREADY_FROZEN");
payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
}
/**
* @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
*/
function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
uint256[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
) external onlyOwner {
require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_FROZEN");
require(
_payoutAddresses.length == _payoutBasisPoints.length,
"ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
);
uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
}
require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000");
payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
}
/**
* @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
*/
function withdraw() external onlyOwner nonReentrant {
require(address(this).balance > 0, "CONTRACT_HAS_NO_BALANCE");
uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
uint256 amount = (balance * payoutBasisPoints[i]) / 10000;
(bool success, ) = payoutAddresses[i].call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Transfer failed.");
}
}
/**
* @notice Override default ERC-1155 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
* @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
* @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
*/
function setApprovalForAll(
address operator,
bool approved
) public override {
super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
}
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal override whenNotPaused {
super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {ERC721Enumerable, ERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {Counters} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol";
/**
* @title Basic Enumerable ERC721 Contract
* @author Ben Yu
* @notice An ERC721Enumerable contract with basic functionality
*/
contract EnumerableERC721 is ERC721Enumerable, Ownable {
using Counters for Counters.Counter;
Counters.Counter private supplyCounter;
uint256 public constant PRICE = 0.01 ether;
uint256 public constant MAX_SUPPLY = 1000;
string public baseTokenURI =
"ipfs://bafybeih5lgrstt7kredzhpcvmft2qefue5pl3ykrdktadw5w62zd7cbkja/";
bool public publicSaleActive;
/**
* @notice Initialize the contract
*/
constructor() ERC721("Test Contract", "TEST") {
// Start token IDs at 1
supplyCounter.increment();
}
/**
* @notice Override the default base URI function to provide a real base URI
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return baseTokenURI;
}
/**
* @notice Update the base token URI
* @param _newBaseURI New base URI
*/
function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
baseTokenURI = _newBaseURI;
}
/**
* @notice Allows for public minting of tokens
* @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to mint
*/
function publicMint(uint256 _mintNumber) external payable virtual {
require(msg.value == PRICE * _mintNumber, "INVALID_PRICE");
require((totalSupply() + _mintNumber) <= MAX_SUPPLY, "MINT_TOO_LARGE");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber; i++) {
_safeMint(msg.sender, supplyCounter.current());
supplyCounter.increment();
}
}
/**
* @notice Allow owner to send `mintNumber` tokens without cost to multiple addresses
* @param _receivers Array of addresses to send tokens to
* @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to send to each address
*/
function gift(
address[] calldata _receivers,
uint256 _mintNumber
) external onlyOwner {
require(
(totalSupply() + (_receivers.length * _mintNumber)) <= MAX_SUPPLY,
"MINT_TOO_LARGE"
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
for (uint256 j = 0; j < _mintNumber; j++) {
_safeMint(_receivers[i], supplyCounter.current());
supplyCounter.increment();
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Allow contract owner to withdraw funds
*/
function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
payable(owner()).transfer(address(this).balance);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*/
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
*/
modifier initializerERC721A() {
// If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
// inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
// contract may have been reentered.
require(
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
? _isConstructor()
: !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
);
bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
require(
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
);
_;
}
/// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
// extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
// address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
// deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
// yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
// under construction or not.
address self = address(this);
uint256 cs;
assembly {
cs := extcodesize(self)
}
return cs == 0;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev This is a base storage for the initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
**/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
struct Layout {
/*
* Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
*/
bool _initialized;
/*
* Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool _initializing;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
// Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
struct TokenApprovalRef {
address value;
}
struct Layout {
// =============================================================
// STORAGE
// =============================================================
// The next token ID to be minted.
uint256 _currentIndex;
// The number of tokens burned.
uint256 _burnCounter;
// Token name
string _name;
// Token symbol
string _symbol;
// Mapping from token ID to ownership details
// An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
// See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..159] `addr`
// - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
// - [224] `burned`
// - [225] `nextInitialized`
// - [232..255] `extraData`
mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
// Mapping owner address to address data.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..63] `balance`
// - [64..127] `numberMinted`
// - [128..191] `numberBurned`
// - [192..255] `aux`
mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
// Mapping from token ID to approved address.
mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
// Mapping from owner to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
*/
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
function onERC721Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
* @title ERC721A
*
* @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
* Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
* Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
*
* Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
* starting from `_startTokenId()`.
*
* Assumptions:
*
* - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
* - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
*/
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
// =============================================================
// CONSTANTS
// =============================================================
// Mask of an entry in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
// The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
// The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
// The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
// Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
// The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
// The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
// The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
// The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
// The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
// Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
// The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
// The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
// This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
// For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
// is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
// The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
// `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
// =============================================================
// CONSTRUCTOR
// =============================================================
function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
}
function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
}
// =============================================================
// TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the starting token ID.
* To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
*/
function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return 0;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
*/
function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
* Burned tokens will reduce the count.
* To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
*/
function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
// Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
// more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
unchecked {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
*/
function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
// Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
// and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
unchecked {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
*/
function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
}
// =============================================================
// ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
*/
function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
return
(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
*/
function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
return
(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
*/
function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
}
/**
* Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
* If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
*/
function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
uint256 auxCasted;
// Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
assembly {
auxCasted := aux
}
packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
}
// =============================================================
// IERC165
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
// The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
// of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
// See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
// (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
return
interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
}
// =============================================================
// IERC721Metadata
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection name.
*/
function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
*/
function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
}
/**
* @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
* token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
* by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
return '';
}
// =============================================================
// OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
}
/**
* @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
* It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
*/
function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
*/
function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
}
/**
* @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
*/
function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
}
}
/**
* Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
*/
function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
// If not burned.
if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
// If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
if (packed == 0) {
if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
// Invariant:
// There will always be an initialized ownership slot
// (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
// before an unintialized ownership slot
// (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
// Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
//
// We can directly compare the packed value.
// If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
for (;;) {
unchecked {
packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
}
if (packed == 0) continue;
return packed;
}
}
// Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
// This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
// This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
return packed;
}
}
revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
}
/**
* @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
*/
function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
}
/**
* @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
*/
function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
assembly {
// Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
*/
function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
// For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
assembly {
// `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
}
}
// =============================================================
// APPROVAL OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
_approve(to, tokenId, true);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
}
/**
* @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
* Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
* for any token owned by the caller.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
*
* Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
*/
function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
return
_startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
*/
function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
address approvedAddress,
address owner,
address msgSender
) private pure returns (bool result) {
assembly {
// Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
*/
function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
private
view
returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
{
ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
// The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
assembly {
approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
}
}
// =============================================================
// TRANSFER OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public payable virtual override {
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
(uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
// The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
_beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
// Clear approvals from the previous owner.
assembly {
if approvedAddress {
// This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
}
}
// Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
// ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
// Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
unchecked {
// We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
--ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
// Updates:
// - `address` to the next owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
);
// If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
// If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
// If the next slot is within bounds.
if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
// Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
}
}
}
}
emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
}
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public payable virtual override {
safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
}
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory _data
) public payable virtual override {
transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
if (to.code.length != 0)
if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
}
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
* are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
* And also called before burning one token.
*
* `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
* `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 startTokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
* have been transferred. This includes minting.
* And also called after one token has been burned.
*
* `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
* `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _afterTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 startTokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
*
* `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
* `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
* `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
* `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
*
* Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
*/
function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory _data
) private returns (bool) {
try
ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
returns (bytes4 retval) {
return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
} catch (bytes memory reason) {
if (reason.length == 0) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
} else {
assembly {
revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
}
}
}
}
// =============================================================
// MINT OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
*/
function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
_beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
// Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
// `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
// `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance += quantity`.
// - `numberMinted += quantity`.
//
// We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
// Updates:
// - `address` to the owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
);
uint256 toMasked;
uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
// Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
// The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
// The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
// delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
assembly {
// Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// Emit the `Transfer` event.
log4(
0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
0, // End of data (0, since no data).
_TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
0, // `address(0)`.
toMasked, // `to`.
startTokenId // `tokenId`.
)
// The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
// that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
// The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
for {
let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
} iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
} {
// Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
}
}
if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
}
_afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
}
/**
* @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
*
* It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
* [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
* instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
*
* Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
* non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
* For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
* {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
*/
function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
_beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
// Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance += quantity`.
// - `numberMinted += quantity`.
//
// We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
// Updates:
// - `address` to the owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
);
emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
}
_afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
}
/**
* @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* See {_mint}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
*/
function _safeMint(
address to,
uint256 quantity,
bytes memory _data
) internal virtual {
_mint(to, quantity);
unchecked {
if (to.code.length != 0) {
uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
uint256 index = end - quantity;
do {
if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
}
} while (index < end);
// Reentrancy protection.
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
}
}
}
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
*/
function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
_safeMint(to, quantity, '');
}
// =============================================================
// APPROVAL OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
*/
function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_approve(to, tokenId, false);
}
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
* The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
*
* Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
* zero address clears previous approvals.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function _approve(
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bool approvalCheck
) internal virtual {
address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
if (approvalCheck)
if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
}
ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
}
// =============================================================
// BURN OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
*/
function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_burn(tokenId, false);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
* The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
(uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
if (approvalCheck) {
// The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
}
_beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
// Clear approvals from the previous owner.
assembly {
if approvedAddress {
// This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
}
}
// Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
// ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
// Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance -= 1`.
// - `numberBurned += 1`.
//
// We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
// This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
// Updates:
// - `address` to the last owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
// - `burned` to `true`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
from,
(_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
);
// If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
// If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
// If the next slot is within bounds.
if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
// Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
}
}
}
}
emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
// Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
unchecked {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
}
}
// =============================================================
// EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
*/
function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
uint256 extraDataCasted;
// Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
assembly {
extraDataCasted := extraData
}
packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
}
/**
* @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
* Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
*
* `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _extraData(
address from,
address to,
uint24 previousExtraData
) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
/**
* @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
* The returned result is shifted into position.
*/
function _nextExtraData(
address from,
address to,
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
) private view returns (uint256) {
uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
}
// =============================================================
// OTHER OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
*
* If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
*/
function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
/**
* @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
*/
function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
assembly {
// The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
// we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
// We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
// and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
// Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
mstore(0x40, m)
// Assign the `str` to the end.
str := sub(m, 0x20)
// Zeroize the slot after the string.
mstore(str, 0)
// Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
let end := str
// We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
// The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
// prettier-ignore
for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
str := sub(str, 1)
// Write the character to the pointer.
// The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
// Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
temp := div(temp, 10)
// prettier-ignore
if iszero(temp) { break }
}
let length := sub(end, str)
// Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
str := sub(str, 0x20)
// Store the length.
mstore(str, length)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from './ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
library ERC4907AStorage {
struct Layout {
// Mapping from token ID to user info.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..159] `user`
// - [160..223] `expires`
mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedUserInfo;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC4907A');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC4907AStorage} from './ERC4907AStorage.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @title ERC4907A
*
* @dev [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907) compliant
* extension of ERC721A, which allows owners and authorized addresses
* to add a time-limited role with restricted permissions to ERC721 tokens.
*/
abstract contract ERC4907AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC4907AUpgradeable {
using ERC4907AStorage for ERC4907AStorage.Layout;
function __ERC4907A_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC4907A_init_unchained();
}
function __ERC4907A_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
// The bit position of `expires` in packed user info.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXPIRES = 160;
/**
* @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates there is no user.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
*/
function setUser(
uint256 tokenId,
address user,
uint64 expires
) public virtual override {
// Require the caller to be either the token owner or an approved operator.
address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSenderERC721A()) revert SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] =
(uint256(expires) << _BITPOS_EXPIRES) |
uint256(uint160(user));
emit UpdateUser(tokenId, user, expires);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
*/
function userOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
uint256 packed = ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId];
assembly {
// Branchless `packed *= (block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0)`.
// If the `block.timestamp == expires`, the `lt` clause will be true
// if there is a non-zero user address in the lower 160 bits of `packed`.
packed := mul(
packed,
// `block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0`.
lt(shl(_BITPOS_EXPIRES, timestamp()), packed)
)
}
return address(uint160(packed));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
*/
function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] >> _BITPOS_EXPIRES;
}
/**
* @dev Override of {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
// The interface ID for ERC4907 is `0xad092b5c`,
// as defined in [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907).
return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || interfaceId == 0xad092b5c;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`, ignoring the expiry status.
*/
function _explicitUserOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
return address(uint160(ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId]));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @title ERC721AQueryable.
*
* @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
*/
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
ERC721A__Initializable,
ERC721AUpgradeable,
IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
}
function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
/**
* @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
*
* If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
*
* - `addr = address(0)`
* - `startTimestamp = 0`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = 0`
*
* If the `tokenId` is burned:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
* - `burned = true`
* - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
*
* Otherwise:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
*/
function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
TokenOwnership memory ownership;
if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
return ownership;
}
ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
if (ownership.burned) {
return ownership;
}
return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
* See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
*/
function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
external
view
virtual
override
returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
{
unchecked {
uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
}
return ownerships;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
* in the range [`start`, `stop`)
* (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
*
* This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
* grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `start < stop`
*/
function tokensOfOwnerIn(
address owner,
uint256 start,
uint256 stop
) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
unchecked {
if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
// Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
if (start < _startTokenId()) {
start = _startTokenId();
}
// Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
if (stop > stopLimit) {
stop = stopLimit;
}
uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
// Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
// to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
if (start < stop) {
uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
}
} else {
tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
}
uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
return tokenIds;
}
// We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
// because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
address currOwnershipAddr;
// If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
// `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
if (!ownership.burned) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
if (ownership.burned) {
continue;
}
if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
}
}
// Downsize the array to fit.
assembly {
mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
}
return tokenIds;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
*
* This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
* It is meant to be called off-chain.
*
* See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
* multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
* an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
*/
function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
unchecked {
uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
address currOwnershipAddr;
uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
TokenOwnership memory ownership;
for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
if (ownership.burned) {
continue;
}
if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
}
}
return tokenIds;
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC4907A.
*/
interface IERC4907AUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* @dev Emitted when the `user` of an NFT or the `expires` of the `user` is changed.
* The zero address for user indicates that there is no user address.
*/
event UpdateUser(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed user, uint64 expires);
/**
* @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates there is no user.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
*/
function setUser(
uint256 tokenId,
address user,
uint64 expires
) external;
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
*/
function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
/**
* @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
*/
function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
*/
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
*/
error InvalidQueryRange();
/**
* @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
*
* If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
*
* - `addr = address(0)`
* - `startTimestamp = 0`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = 0`
*
* If the `tokenId` is burned:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
* - `burned = true`
* - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
*
* Otherwise:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
*/
function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
* See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
*/
function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
* in the range [`start`, `stop`)
* (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
*
* This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
* grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `start < stop`
*/
function tokensOfOwnerIn(
address owner,
uint256 start,
uint256 stop
) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
*
* This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
* It is meant to be called off-chain.
*
* See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
* multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
* an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
*/
function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721A.
*/
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
*/
error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
/**
* Cannot mint to the zero address.
*/
error MintToZeroAddress();
/**
* The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
*/
error MintZeroQuantity();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* The token must be owned by `from`.
*/
error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
/**
* Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
* ERC721Receiver interface.
*/
error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
/**
* Cannot transfer to the zero address.
*/
error TransferToZeroAddress();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
*/
error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
/**
* The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
*/
error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
// =============================================================
// STRUCTS
// =============================================================
struct TokenOwnership {
// The address of the owner.
address addr;
// Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
uint64 startTimestamp;
// Whether the token has been burned.
bool burned;
// Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
uint24 extraData;
}
// =============================================================
// TOKEN COUNTERS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
* Burned tokens will reduce the count.
* To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
*/
function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
// =============================================================
// IERC165
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
// =============================================================
// IERC721
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
*/
event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
*/
event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
* (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
* checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
* to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
* this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
*
* WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
* whenever possible.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
* The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
*
* Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
* zero address clears previous approvals.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
/**
* @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
* Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
* for any token owned by the caller.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
/**
* @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
// =============================================================
// IERC721Metadata
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection name.
*/
function name() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
*/
function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
// =============================================================
// IERC2309
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
* (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
* [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
*
* See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
*/
event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
* true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
*/
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
*/
function register(address registrant) external;
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
* address without subscribing.
*/
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
/**
* @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
* Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
* Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
*/
function unregister(address addr) external;
/**
* @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
*/
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
*/
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
* subscription if present.
* Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
* subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
* used.
*/
function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
/**
* @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
/**
* @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
*/
function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
/**
* @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
*/
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
*/
function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
/**
* @notice Returns true if an address has registered
*/
function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
*/
function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @title OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
* @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
* registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
* @dev This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
* - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
* - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
*/
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
/// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
/// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
internal
onlyInitializing
{
// If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
// will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
// order for the modifier to filter addresses.
if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
if (subscribe) {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
} else {
if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
} else {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
}
}
}
}
}
/**
* @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
// Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
// Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
// from an EOA.
if (from != msg.sender) {
_checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
}
_;
}
/**
* @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
*/
modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
_checkFilterOperator(operator);
_;
}
/**
* @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
// Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
// under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
// upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
// differently
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @title Upgradeable storage layout for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.
* @notice Upgradeable contracts must use a storage layout that can be used across upgrades.
* Only append new variables to the end of the layout.
*/
library RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage {
struct Layout {
/// @dev Whether the OperatorFilterRegistry has been revoked.
bool _isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
}
/// @dev The storage slot for the layout.
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.contracts.storage");
/// @dev The layout of the storage.
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
/**
* @title RevokableOperatorFilterer
* @notice This contract is meant to allow contracts to permanently opt out of the OperatorFilterRegistry. The Registry
* itself has an "unregister" function, but if the contract is ownable, the owner can re-register at any point.
* As implemented, this abstract contract allows the contract owner to toggle the
* isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag in order to permanently bypass the OperatorFilterRegistry checks.
*/
abstract contract RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
using RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.Layout;
error OnlyOwner();
error AlreadyRevoked();
event OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
function __RevokableOperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal {
OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, subscribe);
}
/**
* @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual override {
// Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
if (
!RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked
&& address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0
) {
// under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
// upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
// differently
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Disable the isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag. OnlyOwner.
*/
function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {
if (msg.sender != owner()) {
revert OnlyOwner();
}
if (RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked) {
revert AlreadyRevoked();
}
RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked = true;
emit OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
}
function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() public view returns (bool) {
return RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
}
/**
* @dev assume the contract has an owner, but leave specific Ownable implementation up to inheriting contract
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address);
}
File 3 of 6: Conduit
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
* @title Conduit
* @author 0age
* @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
* conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
* add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
* to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
* conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
* a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
* approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
* cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
*/
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
// Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
address private immutable _controller;
// Track the status of each channel.
mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
/**
* @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
* on the conduit.
*/
modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
// Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
assembly {
// Write the caller to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
// Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
// Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
// and check if the stored value is zero.
if iszero(
sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
) {
// The caller is not an open channel; revert with
// ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
// Next, set the caller as the argument.
mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
// Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
}
}
// Continue with function execution.
_;
}
/**
* @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
*/
constructor() {
// Set the deployer as the controller.
_controller = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
override
onlyOpenChannel
returns (bytes4 magicValue)
{
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(transfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.execute.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
* transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
// Iterate over each standard transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
// pointer having the default value.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
// Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
if (msg.sender != _controller) {
revert InvalidController();
}
// Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
}
// Update the status of the channel.
_channels[channel] = isOpen;
// Emit a corresponding event.
emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
* channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
* zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
*/
function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
// Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
// therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
// check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
// on item malleability is desired.
_performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
// Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
if (item.amount != 1) {
revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
}
// Transfer ERC721 token.
_performERC721Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier
);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
// Transfer ERC1155 token.
_performERC1155Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
} else {
// Throw with an error.
revert InvalidItemType();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title ConduitInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
* and errors for conduit contracts.
*/
interface ConduitInterface {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
* caller that does not have an open channel.
*/
error ChannelClosed(address channel);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
* current status of that channel.
*/
error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
* item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
* channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
*/
error InvalidController();
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
*
* @param channel The channel that has been updated.
* @param open A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
*/
event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
* open channel can call this function.
*
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
* a caller with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
NATIVE, // unused
ERC20,
ERC721,
ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title TokenTransferrer
* @author 0age
* @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
* @custom:coauthor transmissions11
* @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
* ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
* by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
* considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
* significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
* understood and carefully addressed.
*/
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
* to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
* contract performing the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC20 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC20Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
assembly {
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
// Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
// Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
// subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
// return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
// that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
// ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
let callStatus := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC20_transferFrom_length,
0,
OneWord
)
// Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
let success := and(
// Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
// either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
// had no return data.
or(
and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
iszero(returndatasize())
),
callStatus
)
// Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
// returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
// Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
// but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
// If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
// to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
// after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
// If the transfer failed:
if iszero(success) {
// If it was due to a revert:
if iszero(callStatus) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
// copy returndata while expanding memory where
// necessary. Start by computing the word size
// of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
// to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
// msize() to work around a Yul warning that
// prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
// pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(
returnDataWords,
msizeWords
),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to
// gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
// enough gas is still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
// existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, specifying memory region with
// copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise revert with a message about the token
// returning false or non-compliant return values.
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
to
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
// having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
// technically ERC20 compliant.
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
* not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
* does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
*
* @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
*/
function _performERC721Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC721_transferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC1155 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The id to transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC1155Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
// for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
// Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
* memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
* memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
* This function should only be called once memory is no longer
* required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
* should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
* default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
*
* @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*/
function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
assembly {
let len := batchTransfers.length
// Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
// at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
// multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
// Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
// reference position each offset references. It's held static to
// let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
// Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
// safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
mstore(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
)
// Iterate over each batch transfer.
for {
let i := 0
} lt(i, len) {
i := add(i, 1)
} {
// Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
// it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
// the absolute position of the element in calldata.
let elementPtr := add(
arrayHeadPtr,
calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
)
// Retrieve the token from calldata.
let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Get the total number of supplied ids.
let idsLength := calldataload(
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
)
// Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
mul(idsLength, OneWord)
)
// Validate struct encoding.
let invalidEncoding := iszero(
and(
// ids.length == amounts.length
eq(
idsLength,
calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
),
and(
// ids_offset == 0xa0
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
)
),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
),
// amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
)
),
expectedAmountsOffset
)
)
)
)
// Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
if invalidEncoding {
mstore(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
)
revert(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
)
}
// Update the offset position for the next loop
nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
// Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
)
// Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
// that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
// Update the offset for the data array in memory.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
)
// Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
mstore(
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
idsAndAmountsSize
),
0
)
// Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
let transferDataSize := add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
// Start by computing word size of returndata and
// allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
// msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
// The free memory pointer is not used here because
// this function does almost all memory management
// manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
// should be the largest memory value used (unless a
// previous batch was larger).
let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert with memory region containing returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Set the error signature.
mstore(
0,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
// Write the token.
mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
// Increase the offset to ids by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
)
// Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
add(
OneWord,
mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
)
)
// Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
// `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
revert(0, transferDataSize)
}
}
// Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
// be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
// Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
// arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256[] ids;
uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
* -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
* - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
* but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
* offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
* is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
* the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
* https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
* - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
* head of the array.
*
* - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
* documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
* e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
* in an array.
*
* - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
* and never an offset relative to another value.
* - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
* - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
*
* - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
* to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
* offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
* the start of the body.
* - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
*
* - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
* Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
* codebase but have been left in for readability.
*/
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
* @title TokenTransferrerErrors
*/
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has an amount of zero.
*/
error MissingItemAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
* identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
* parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
* perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
* when desired.
*/
error UnusedItemParameters();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
* transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted transfer.
*/
error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
* @param amounts The amounts for the attempted transfer.
*/
error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] identifiers,
uint256[] amounts
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
* value.
*
* @param token The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
*/
error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
* contract does not have code and returns no data.
*
* @param account The account that should contain code.
*/
error NoContract(address account);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
* transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
* different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
*/
error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
File 4 of 6: AddressRelay
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
constructor() {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract Context {
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IAddressRelay, Implementation} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {IERC165} from "./interfaces/IERC165.sol";
import {IERC173} from "./interfaces/IERC173.sol";
/**
* @author Created by HeyMint Launchpad https://join.heymint.xyz
* @notice This contract contains the base logic for ERC-721A tokens deployed with HeyMint
*/
contract AddressRelay is IAddressRelay, Ownable {
mapping(bytes4 => address) public selectorToImplAddress;
mapping(bytes4 => bool) public supportedInterfaces;
bytes4[] selectors;
address[] implAddresses;
address public fallbackImplAddress;
bool public relayFrozen;
constructor() {
supportedInterfaces[0x01ffc9a7] = true; // IERC165
supportedInterfaces[0x7f5828d0] = true; // IERC173
supportedInterfaces[0x80ac58cd] = true; // IERC721
supportedInterfaces[0x5b5e139f] = true; // IERC721Metadata
supportedInterfaces[0x2a55205a] = true; // IERC2981
supportedInterfaces[0xad092b5c] = true; // IERC4907
}
/**
* @notice Permanently freezes the relay so no more selectors can be added or removed
*/
function freezeRelay() external onlyOwner {
relayFrozen = true;
}
/**
* @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
* @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
* @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
*/
function addOrUpdateSelectors(
bytes4[] memory _selectors,
address _implAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
selectorToImplAddress[selector] = _implAddress;
selectors.push(selector);
}
bool implAddressExists = false;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
implAddressExists = true;
break;
}
}
if (!implAddressExists) {
implAddresses.push(_implAddress);
}
}
/**
* @notice Removes selectors
* @param _selectors The selectors to remove
*/
function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
delete selectorToImplAddress[selector];
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectors.length; j++) {
if (selectors[j] == selector) {
// this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
delete selectors[j];
break;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
*/
function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(
address _implAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
// this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
delete implAddresses[i];
break;
}
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
delete selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]];
delete selectors[i];
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddress(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address) {
address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
if (implAddress == address(0)) {
implAddress = fallbackImplAddress;
}
require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
return implAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector. Throws an error if function does not exist.
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddressNoFallback(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address) {
address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
return implAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
* @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
*/
function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
external
view
returns (Implementation[] memory)
{
uint256 trueImplAddressCount = 0;
uint256 implAddressesLength = implAddresses.length;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] != address(0)) {
trueImplAddressCount++;
}
}
Implementation[] memory impls = new Implementation[](
trueImplAddressCount
);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
if (implAddresses[i] == address(0)) {
continue;
}
address implAddress = implAddresses[i];
bytes4[] memory selectors_;
uint256 selectorCount = 0;
uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
selectorCount++;
}
}
selectors_ = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
selectors_[selectorIndex] = selectors[j];
selectorIndex++;
}
}
impls[i] = Implementation(implAddress, selectors_);
}
return impls;
}
/**
* @notice Return all the function selectors associated with an implementation address
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
*/
function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
address _implAddress
) external view returns (bytes4[] memory) {
uint256 selectorCount = 0;
uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
selectorCount++;
}
}
bytes4[] memory selectorArr = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
selectorArr[selectorIndex] = selectors[i];
selectorIndex++;
}
}
return selectorArr;
}
/**
* @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
* @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
*/
function setFallbackImplAddress(
address _fallbackAddress
) external onlyOwner {
require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
fallbackImplAddress = _fallbackAddress;
}
/**
* @notice Updates the supported interfaces
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
* @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
*/
function updateSupportedInterfaces(
bytes4 _interfaceId,
bool _supported
) external onlyOwner {
supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId] = _supported;
}
/**
* @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 _interfaceId
) external view returns (bool) {
return supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId];
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
struct Implementation {
address implAddress;
bytes4[] selectors;
}
interface IAddressRelay {
/**
* @notice Returns the fallback implementation address
*/
function fallbackImplAddress() external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
* @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
* @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
*/
function addOrUpdateSelectors(
bytes4[] memory _selectors,
address _implAddress
) external;
/**
* @notice Removes selectors
* @param _selectors The selectors to remove
*/
function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external;
/**
* @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
*/
function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(address _implAddress) external;
/**
* @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
* @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
*/
function getImplAddress(
bytes4 _functionSelector
) external view returns (address implAddress_);
/**
* @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
* @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
*/
function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
external
view
returns (Implementation[] memory impls_);
/**
* @notice Return all the fucntion selectors associated with an implementation address
* @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
*/
function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
address _implAddress
) external view returns (bytes4[] memory selectors_);
/**
* @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
* @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
*/
function setFallbackImplAddress(address _fallbackAddress) external;
/**
* @notice Updates the supported interfaces
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
* @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
*/
function updateSupportedInterfaces(
bytes4 _interfaceId,
bool _supported
) external;
/**
* @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
* @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 _interfaceId
) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
interface IERC165 {
/// @notice Query if a contract implements an interface
/// @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
/// @dev Interface identification is specified in ERC-165. This function
/// uses less than 30,000 gas.
/// @return `true` if the contract implements `interfaceID` and
/// `interfaceID` is not 0xffffffff, `false` otherwise
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;
/// @title ERC-173 Contract Ownership Standard
/// Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7f5828d0
/* is ERC165 */
interface IERC173 {
/// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes.
event OwnershipTransferred(
address indexed previousOwner,
address indexed newOwner
);
/// @notice Get the address of the owner
/// @return owner_ The address of the owner.
function owner() external view returns (address owner_);
/// @notice Set the address of the new owner of the contract
/// @dev Set _newOwner to address(0) to renounce any ownership.
/// @param _newOwner The address of the new owner of the contract
function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) external;
}
File 5 of 6: HeyMintERC721ABase
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__Ownable_init_unchained();
}
function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
*
* A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
* support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
*
* _Available since v4.5._
*/
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
* exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
*/
function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
external
view
returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
* reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
* case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
*
* For example:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
* function initialize() initializer public {
* __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
* }
* }
* contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
* function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
* __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
* }
* }
* ```
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*
* [CAUTION]
* ====
* Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
*
* An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
* contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
* the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
* constructor() {
* _disableInitializers();
* }
* ```
* ====
*/
abstract contract Initializable {
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
* @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
*/
uint8 private _initialized;
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool private _initializing;
/**
* @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
*/
event Initialized(uint8 version);
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
* `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
* constructor.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event.
*/
modifier initializer() {
bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
require(
(isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
"Initializable: contract is already initialized"
);
_initialized = 1;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(1);
}
}
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
* contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
* used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
* are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
*
* When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
* cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
*
* Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
* a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
*
* WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event.
*/
modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
_initialized = version;
_initializing = true;
_;
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(version);
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializing() {
require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
* Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
* to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
* through proxies.
*
* Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
*/
function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
_initialized = type(uint8).max;
emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
*/
function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
return _initialized;
}
/**
* @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
*/
function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
return _initializing;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
* mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
* modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
* the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
* simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
*/
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
*/
event Paused(address account);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
*/
event Unpaused(address account);
bool private _paused;
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
*/
function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__Pausable_init_unchained();
}
function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_paused = false;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
modifier whenNotPaused() {
_requireNotPaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
modifier whenPaused() {
_requirePaused();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
*/
function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
return _paused;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
*/
function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
*/
function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
}
/**
* @dev Triggers stopped state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
_paused = true;
emit Paused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Returns to normal state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
_paused = false;
emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
*
* Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
* available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
* (reentrant) calls to them.
*
* Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
* `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
* those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
* points to them.
*
* TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
* to protect against it, check out our blog post
* https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
*/
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
// Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
// word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
// slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
// back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
// pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
// The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
// but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
// amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
// transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
// increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
uint256 private _status;
function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
}
function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
* Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
* function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
* by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
* `private` function that does the actual work.
*/
modifier nonReentrant() {
_nonReentrantBefore();
_;
_nonReentrantAfter();
}
function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
// On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
// Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
_status = _ENTERED;
}
function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
// By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library AddressUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
* the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
*
* _Available since v4.8._
*/
function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
address target,
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
if (returndata.length == 0) {
// only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
// otherwise we already know that it was a contract
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
}
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason or using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
*
* These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
* of the private keys of a given address.
*/
library ECDSAUpgradeable {
enum RecoverError {
NoError,
InvalidSignature,
InvalidSignatureLength,
InvalidSignatureS,
InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
}
function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
return; // no error: do nothing
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*
* Documentation for signature generation:
* - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
* - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
if (signature.length == 65) {
bytes32 r;
bytes32 s;
uint8 v;
// ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
// currently is to use assembly.
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
}
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
} else {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*/
function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.2._
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
// EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
// unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
// the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
// signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
//
// If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
// with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
// vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
// these malleable signatures as well.
if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
}
// If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
if (signer == address(0)) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
}
return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
// 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
// enforced by the type signature above
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
* `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
* to the one signed with the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
*/
library MathUpgradeable {
enum Rounding {
Down, // Toward negative infinity
Up, // Toward infinity
Zero // Toward zero
}
/**
* @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
*/
function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a > b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
*/
function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
return a < b ? a : b;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
* zero.
*/
function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
*
* This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
* of rounding down.
*/
function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
// (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
}
/**
* @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
* @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
* with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator
) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
unchecked {
// 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
// use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
// variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
assembly {
let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
prod0 := mul(x, y)
prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
}
// Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
if (prod1 == 0) {
return prod0 / denominator;
}
// Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
require(denominator > prod1);
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// 512 by 256 division.
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
uint256 remainder;
assembly {
// Compute remainder using mulmod.
remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
// Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
}
// Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
// See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
// Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
assembly {
// Divide denominator by twos.
denominator := div(denominator, twos)
// Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
// Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
}
// Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
// Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
// that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
// four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
// Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
// in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
// Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
// This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
// less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
// is no longer required.
result = prod0 * inverse;
return result;
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function mulDiv(
uint256 x,
uint256 y,
uint256 denominator,
Rounding rounding
) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
result += 1;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
*
* Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
if (a == 0) {
return 0;
}
// For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
//
// We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
// `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
//
// This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
// → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
// → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
//
// Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
// At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
// since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
// every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
// into the expected uint128 result.
unchecked {
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
return min(result, a / result);
}
}
/**
* @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
*/
function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = sqrt(a);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 128;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
value >>= 8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 4 > 0) {
value >>= 4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 2 > 0) {
value >>= 2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 1 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log2(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >= 10**64) {
value /= 10**64;
result += 64;
}
if (value >= 10**32) {
value /= 10**32;
result += 32;
}
if (value >= 10**16) {
value /= 10**16;
result += 16;
}
if (value >= 10**8) {
value /= 10**8;
result += 8;
}
if (value >= 10**4) {
value /= 10**4;
result += 4;
}
if (value >= 10**2) {
value /= 10**2;
result += 2;
}
if (value >= 10**1) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log10(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*
* Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
*/
function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
uint256 result = 0;
unchecked {
if (value >> 128 > 0) {
value >>= 128;
result += 16;
}
if (value >> 64 > 0) {
value >>= 64;
result += 8;
}
if (value >> 32 > 0) {
value >>= 32;
result += 4;
}
if (value >> 16 > 0) {
value >>= 16;
result += 2;
}
if (value >> 8 > 0) {
result += 1;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
* Returns 0 if given 0.
*/
function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
unchecked {
uint256 result = log256(value);
return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev String operations.
*/
library StringsUpgradeable {
bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
*/
function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
string memory buffer = new string(length);
uint256 ptr;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
}
while (true) {
ptr--;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
}
value /= 10;
if (value == 0) break;
}
return buffer;
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
unchecked {
return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
}
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
buffer[0] = "0";
buffer[1] = "x";
for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
value >>= 4;
}
require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
contract HeyMintERC721ABase is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC2981Upgradeable {
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;
// Default subscription address to use to enable royalty enforcement on certain exchanges like OpenSea
address public constant CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// Default subscription address to use as a placeholder for no royalty enforcement
address public constant EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
0x511af84166215d528ABf8bA6437ec4BEcF31934B;
/**
* @notice Initializes a new child deposit contract
* @param _name The name of the token
* @param _symbol The symbol of the token
* @param _config Base configuration settings
*/
function initialize(
string memory _name,
string memory _symbol,
BaseConfig memory _config
) public initializerERC721A initializer {
__ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
__Ownable_init();
__ReentrancyGuard_init();
__OperatorFilterer_init(
_config.enforceRoyalties == true
? CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS
: EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS,
true
);
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg = _config;
// If public sale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
if (_config.publicSaleStartTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleEndTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime =
_config.publicSaleStartTime +
520 weeks;
}
// If public sale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
if (_config.publicSaleEndTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleStartTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = uint32(
block.timestamp
);
}
// If presale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
if (_config.presaleStartTime > 0 && _config.presaleEndTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime =
_config.presaleStartTime +
520 weeks;
}
// If presale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
if (_config.presaleEndTime > 0 && _config.presaleStartTime == 0) {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = uint32(
block.timestamp
);
}
}
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
function pause() external onlyOwner {
_pause();
}
function unpause() external onlyOwner {
_unpause();
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 interfaceId
)
public
view
virtual
override(HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
return HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens
* @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
*/
function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external onlyOwner {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(_newMaxSupply < cfg.maxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH");
require(
_newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(),
"SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
);
cfg.maxSupply = _newMaxSupply;
}
// ============ METADATA ============
/**
* @notice Returns the base URI for all tokens. If the base URI is not set, it will be generated based on the project ID
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
}
/**
* @notice Overrides the default ERC721 tokenURI function to look for specific token URIs when present
* @param tokenId The token ID to query
*/
function tokenURI(
uint256 tokenId
)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
returns (string memory)
{
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
string memory specificTokenURI = state.data.tokenURIs[tokenId];
if (bytes(specificTokenURI).length != 0) return specificTokenURI;
string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
if (bytes(baseURI).length == 0) return "";
uint256 burnTokenId = state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[tokenId];
uint256 tokenURITokenId = state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata &&
burnTokenId != 0
? burnTokenId
: tokenId;
return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenURITokenId)));
}
/**
* @notice Update the base token URI
* @param _newBaseURI The new base URI to use
*/
function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase = _newBaseURI;
}
/**
* @notice Freeze metadata so it can never be changed again
*/
function freezeMetadata() external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen = true;
}
// ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============
/**
* @notice Basic gas saving implementation of ERC-2981 royaltyInfo function with receiver set to the contract owner
* @param _salePrice The sale price used to determine the royalty amount
*/
function royaltyInfo(
uint256,
uint256 _salePrice
) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
address payoutAddress = state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress !=
address(0x0)
? state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress
: owner();
if (payoutAddress == address(0x0)) {
return (payoutAddress, 0);
}
return (payoutAddress, (_salePrice * state.cfg.royaltyBps) / 10000);
}
// ============ PAYOUT ============
/**
* @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
*/
function withdraw() external nonReentrant onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
require(
state.data.fundingTargetReached,
"FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_REACHED"
);
}
if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
require(!refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_STILL_ACTIVE");
}
uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
if (state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length == 0) {
(bool success, ) = payable(owner()).call{value: balance}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
uint256 amount = (balance * state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i]) /
10000;
(bool success, ) = HeyMintStorage
.state()
.advCfg
.payoutAddresses[i]
.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
}
}
}
// ============ PUBLIC SALE ============
/**
* @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
*/
function publicPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
}
/**
* @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting
*/
function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleActive = _saleActiveState;
}
/**
* @notice Update the public mint price
* @param _publicPrice The new public mint price to use
*/
function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice = _publicPrice;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the public sale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address
*/
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the public sale
* @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction
*/
function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
uint8 _mintsAllowed
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage
.state()
.cfg
.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
}
/**
* @notice Update the start time for public mint
* @param _publicSaleStartTime The new start time for public mint
*/
function setPublicSaleStartTime(
uint32 _publicSaleStartTime
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = _publicSaleStartTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update the end time for public mint
* @param _publicSaleEndTime The new end time for public mint
*/
function setPublicSaleEndTime(
uint32 _publicSaleEndTime
) external onlyOwner {
require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
* @param _usePublicSaleTimes Whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
*/
function setUsePublicSaleTimes(
bool _usePublicSaleTimes
) external onlyOwner {
HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePublicSaleTimes = _usePublicSaleTimes;
}
/**
* @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
*/
function publicSaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
if (
state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
) {
return true;
}
return
block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
}
/**
* @notice Allow for public minting of tokens
* @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
*/
function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable nonReentrant {
BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
require(cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
require(
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
_numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
_numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
"MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
);
require(
totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
"MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
);
uint256 publicPrice = publicPriceInWei();
if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
(bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
} else {
require(
msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
"INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
);
}
if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
firstTokenIdToMint + i
] = publicPrice;
}
}
_safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
}
// ============ REFUND ============
/**
* Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
*/
function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
import {Data, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AStorage} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @title HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable
* @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
* @notice This contract contains shared logic to be inherited by all implementation contracts
*/
contract HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable is
ERC4907AUpgradeable,
ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
OwnableUpgradeable,
PausableUpgradeable,
ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
uint256 public constant defaultHeymintFeePerToken = 0.0007 ether;
address public constant heymintPayoutAddress =
0xE1FaC470dE8dE91c66778eaa155C64c7ceEFc851;
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
/**
* @dev Overrides the default ERC721A _startTokenId() so tokens begin at 1 instead of 0
*/
function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return 1;
}
/**
* @notice Wraps and exposes publicly _numberMinted() from ERC721A
* @param _owner The address of the owner to check
*/
function numberMinted(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
return _numberMinted(_owner);
}
/**
* @dev Used to directly approve a token for transfers by the current msg.sender,
* bypassing the typical checks around msg.sender being the owner of a given token.
* This approval will be automatically deleted once the token is transferred.
* @param _tokenId The ID of the token to approve
*/
function _directApproveMsgSenderFor(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[_tokenId].value = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Returns the owner of the contract
*/
function owner()
public
view
virtual
override(OwnableUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable)
returns (address)
{
return OwnableUpgradeable.owner();
}
// https://chiru-labs.github.io/ERC721A/#/migration?id=supportsinterface
/**
* @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
*/
function supportsInterface(
bytes4 interfaceId
)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC4907AUpgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
// Supports the following interfaceIds:
// - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
// - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
// - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
// - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
// - IERC4907: 0xad092b5c
return
ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
ERC4907AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
// ============ HEYMINT FEE ============
/**
* @notice Returns the HeyMint fee per token. If the fee is 0, the default fee is returned
*/
function heymintFeePerToken() public view returns (uint256) {
uint256 fee = HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken;
return fee == 0 ? defaultHeymintFeePerToken : fee;
}
// ============ OPERATOR FILTER REGISTRY ============
/**
* @notice Override default ERC-721 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
* @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
* @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
* @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
*/
function setApprovalForAll(
address operator,
bool approved
)
public
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
{
require(
!HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
"TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
);
super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
}
/**
* @notice Override default ERC721 approve to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
* @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
* @param to Address to receive the approval
* @param tokenId ID of the token to be approved
*/
function approve(
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(to)
{
require(
!HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
"TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
);
super.approve(to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
* The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory data
)
public
payable
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
onlyAllowedOperator(from)
{
super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
}
// ============ RANDOM HASH ============
/**
* @notice Generate a suitably random hash from block data
* Can be used later to determine any sort of arbitrary outcome
* @param _tokenId The token ID to generate a random hash for
*/
function _generateRandomHash(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
if (data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] == bytes32(0)) {
data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] = keccak256(
abi.encode(block.prevrandao, _tokenId)
);
}
}
// ============ TOKEN TRANSFER CHECKS ============
function _beforeTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal override whenNotPaused onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
require(
!state.advCfg.stakingActive ||
state.data.stakingTransferActive ||
state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0,
"TOKEN_IS_STAKED"
);
require(
state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[tokenId] == address(0),
"CANNOT_TRANSFER_LOANED_TOKEN"
);
if (
state.cfg.soulbindingActive &&
!state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress
) {
require(from == address(0), "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND");
}
if (state.cfg.randomHashActive && from == address(0)) {
_generateRandomHash(tokenId);
}
super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, quantity);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;
struct BaseConfig {
// If true tokens can be minted in the public sale
bool publicSaleActive;
// If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the public sale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
bool usePublicSaleTimes;
// If true tokens can be minted in the presale
bool presaleActive;
// If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the presale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
bool usePresaleTimes;
// If true, all tokens will be soulbound
bool soulbindingActive;
// If true, a random hash will be generated for each token
bool randomHashActive;
// If true, the default CORI subscription address will be used to enforce royalties with the Operator Filter Registry
bool enforceRoyalties;
// If true, HeyMint fees will be charged for minting tokens
bool heyMintFeeActive;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per address
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale per address
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per transaction
uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
// The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale sale per transaction
uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
// Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted
uint16 maxSupply;
// Total number of tokens available for minting in the presale
uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
// The royalty payout percentage in basis points
uint16 royaltyBps;
// The price of a token in the public sale in 1/100,000 ETH - e.g. 1 = 0.00001 ETH, 100,000 = 1 ETH - multiply by 10^13 to get correct wei amount
uint32 publicPrice;
// The price of a token in the presale in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 presalePrice;
// Used to create a default HeyMint Launchpad URI for token metadata to save gas over setting a custom URI and increase fetch reliability
uint24 projectId;
// The base URI for all token metadata
string uriBase;
// The address used to sign and validate presale mints
address presaleSignerAddress;
// The automatic start time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
// The automatic end time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
// The automatic start time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
uint32 presaleStartTime;
// The automatic end time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
uint32 presaleEndTime;
// If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds by which the fundingTarget must be met or funds are refundable
uint32 fundingEndsAt;
// The amount of centiETH that must be raised by fundingEndsAt or funds are refundable - multiply by 10^16
uint32 fundingTarget;
}
struct AdvancedConfig {
// When false, tokens cannot be staked but can still be unstaked
bool stakingActive;
// When false, tokens cannot be loaned but can still be retrieved
bool loaningActive;
// If true tokens can be claimed for free
bool freeClaimActive;
// The number of tokens that can be minted per free claim
uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
// Optional address of an NFT that is eligible for free claim
address freeClaimContractAddress;
// If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
bool burnClaimActive;
// If true, the original token id of a burned token will be used for metadata
bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
// The number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
uint8 mintsPerBurn;
// The payment required alongside a burn transaction in order to mint in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 burnPayment;
// Permanently freezes payout addresses and basis points so they can never be updated
bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
// If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds until which tokens are refundable for refundPrice
uint32 refundEndsAt;
// The amount returned to a user in a token refund in 1/100,000 ETH
uint32 refundPrice;
// Permanently freezes metadata so it can never be changed
bool metadataFrozen;
// If true the soulbind admin address is permanently disabled
bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
// If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
bool depositClaimActive;
// If additional payment is required to mint, this is the amount required in centiETH
uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
// The deposit token smart contract address
address depositContractAddress;
// The merkle root used to validate if deposit tokens are eligible to burn to mint
bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
// The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
// The addresses to which funds are sent when a token is sold. If empty, funds are sent to the contract owner.
address[] payoutAddresses;
// Optional address where royalties are paid out. If not set, royalties are paid to the contract owner.
address royaltyPayoutAddress;
// Used to allow transferring soulbound tokens with admin privileges. Defaults to the contract owner if not set.
address soulboundAdminAddress;
// The address where refunded tokens are returned. If not set, refunded tokens are sent to the contract owner.
address refundAddress;
// An address authorized to call the creditCardMint function.
address creditCardMintAddress;
}
struct BurnToken {
// The contract address of the token to be burned
address contractAddress;
// The type of contract - 1 = ERC-721, 2 = ERC-1155
uint8 tokenType;
// The number of tokens to burn per mint
uint8 tokensPerBurn;
// The ID of the token on an ERC-1155 contract eligible for burn; unused for ERC-721
uint16 tokenId;
}
struct Data {
// ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
// HeyMint fee to be paid per minted token (if not set, defaults to defaultHeymintFeePerToken)
uint256 heymintFeePerToken;
// Keeps track of if advanced config settings have been initialized to prevent setting multiple times
bool advancedConfigInitialized;
// A mapping of token IDs to specific tokenURIs for tokens that have custom metadata
mapping(uint256 => string) tokenURIs;
// ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============
// If true, the funding target was reached and funds are not refundable
bool fundingTargetReached;
// If true, funding success has been determined and determineFundingSuccess() can no longer be called
bool fundingSuccessDetermined;
// A mapping of token ID to price paid for the token
mapping(uint256 => uint256) pricePaid;
// ============ SOULBINDING ============
// Used to allow an admin to transfer soulbound tokens when necessary
bool soulboundAdminTransferInProgress;
// ============ BURN TO MINT ============
// Maps a token id to the burn token id that was used to mint it to match metadata
mapping(uint256 => uint256) tokenIdToBurnTokenId;
// ============ STAKING ============
// Used to allow direct transfers of staked tokens without unstaking first
bool stakingTransferActive;
// Returns the UNIX timestamp at which a token began staking if currently staked
mapping(uint256 => uint256) currentTimeStaked;
// Returns the total time a token has been staked in seconds, not counting the current staking time if any
mapping(uint256 => uint256) totalTimeStaked;
// ============ LOANING ============
// Used to keep track of the total number of tokens on loan
uint256 currentLoanTotal;
// Returns the total number of tokens loaned by an address
mapping(address => uint256) totalLoanedPerAddress;
// Returns the address of the original token owner if a token is currently on loan
mapping(uint256 => address) tokenOwnersOnLoan;
// ============ FREE CLAIM ============
// If true token has already been used to claim and cannot be used again
mapping(uint256 => bool) freeClaimUsed;
// ============ RANDOM HASH ============
// Stores a random hash for each token ID
mapping(uint256 => bytes32) randomHashStore;
}
library HeyMintStorage {
struct State {
BaseConfig cfg;
AdvancedConfig advCfg;
BurnToken[] burnTokens;
Data data;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT =
keccak256("heymint.launchpad.storage.erc721a");
function state() internal pure returns (State storage s) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
s.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*/
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
*/
modifier initializerERC721A() {
// If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
// inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
// contract may have been reentered.
require(
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
? _isConstructor()
: !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
);
bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
require(
ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
);
_;
}
/// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
// extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
// address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
// deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
// yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
// under construction or not.
address self = address(this);
uint256 cs;
assembly {
cs := extcodesize(self)
}
return cs == 0;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev This is a base storage for the initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
**/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
struct Layout {
/*
* Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
*/
bool _initialized;
/*
* Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool _initializing;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
// Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
struct TokenApprovalRef {
address value;
}
struct Layout {
// =============================================================
// STORAGE
// =============================================================
// The next token ID to be minted.
uint256 _currentIndex;
// The number of tokens burned.
uint256 _burnCounter;
// Token name
string _name;
// Token symbol
string _symbol;
// Mapping from token ID to ownership details
// An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
// See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..159] `addr`
// - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
// - [224] `burned`
// - [225] `nextInitialized`
// - [232..255] `extraData`
mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
// Mapping owner address to address data.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..63] `balance`
// - [64..127] `numberMinted`
// - [128..191] `numberBurned`
// - [192..255] `aux`
mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
// Mapping from token ID to approved address.
mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
// Mapping from owner to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
*/
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
function onERC721Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
* @title ERC721A
*
* @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
* Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
* Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
*
* Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
* starting from `_startTokenId()`.
*
* Assumptions:
*
* - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
* - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
*/
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
// =============================================================
// CONSTANTS
// =============================================================
// Mask of an entry in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
// The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
// The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
// The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
// Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
// The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
// The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
// The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
// The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
// The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
// Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
// The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
// The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
// This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
// For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
// is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
// The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
// `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
// =============================================================
// CONSTRUCTOR
// =============================================================
function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
}
function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
}
// =============================================================
// TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the starting token ID.
* To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
*/
function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return 0;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
*/
function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
* Burned tokens will reduce the count.
* To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
*/
function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
// Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
// more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
unchecked {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
*/
function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
// Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
// and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
unchecked {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
*/
function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
}
// =============================================================
// ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
*/
function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
return
(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
*/
function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
return
(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
}
/**
* Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
*/
function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
}
/**
* Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
* If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
*/
function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
uint256 auxCasted;
// Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
assembly {
auxCasted := aux
}
packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
}
// =============================================================
// IERC165
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
// The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
// of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
// See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
// (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
return
interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
}
// =============================================================
// IERC721Metadata
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection name.
*/
function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
*/
function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
}
/**
* @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
* token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
* by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
*/
function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
return '';
}
// =============================================================
// OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
}
/**
* @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
* It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
*/
function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
*/
function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
}
/**
* @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
*/
function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
}
}
/**
* Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
*/
function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
// If not burned.
if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
// If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
if (packed == 0) {
if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
// Invariant:
// There will always be an initialized ownership slot
// (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
// before an unintialized ownership slot
// (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
// Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
//
// We can directly compare the packed value.
// If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
for (;;) {
unchecked {
packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
}
if (packed == 0) continue;
return packed;
}
}
// Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
// This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
// This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
return packed;
}
}
revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
}
/**
* @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
*/
function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
}
/**
* @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
*/
function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
assembly {
// Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
*/
function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
// For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
assembly {
// `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
}
}
// =============================================================
// APPROVAL OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
_approve(to, tokenId, true);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
}
/**
* @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
* Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
* for any token owned by the caller.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
*
* Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
*/
function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
return
_startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
}
/**
* @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
*/
function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
address approvedAddress,
address owner,
address msgSender
) private pure returns (bool result) {
assembly {
// Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
*/
function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
private
view
returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
{
ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
// The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
assembly {
approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
}
}
// =============================================================
// TRANSFER OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public payable virtual override {
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
(uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
// The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
_beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
// Clear approvals from the previous owner.
assembly {
if approvedAddress {
// This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
}
}
// Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
// ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
// Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
unchecked {
// We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
--ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
// Updates:
// - `address` to the next owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
);
// If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
// If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
// If the next slot is within bounds.
if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
// Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
}
}
}
}
emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
}
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) public payable virtual override {
safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
}
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory _data
) public payable virtual override {
transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
if (to.code.length != 0)
if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
}
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
* are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
* And also called before burning one token.
*
* `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
* `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 startTokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
* have been transferred. This includes minting.
* And also called after one token has been burned.
*
* `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
* `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _afterTokenTransfers(
address from,
address to,
uint256 startTokenId,
uint256 quantity
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
*
* `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
* `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
* `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
* `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
*
* Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
*/
function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes memory _data
) private returns (bool) {
try
ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
returns (bytes4 retval) {
return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
} catch (bytes memory reason) {
if (reason.length == 0) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
} else {
assembly {
revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
}
}
}
}
// =============================================================
// MINT OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
*/
function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
_beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
// Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
// `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
// `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance += quantity`.
// - `numberMinted += quantity`.
//
// We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
// Updates:
// - `address` to the owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
);
uint256 toMasked;
uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
// Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
// The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
// The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
// delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
assembly {
// Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
// Emit the `Transfer` event.
log4(
0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
0, // End of data (0, since no data).
_TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
0, // `address(0)`.
toMasked, // `to`.
startTokenId // `tokenId`.
)
// The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
// that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
// The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
for {
let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
} iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
} {
// Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
}
}
if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
}
_afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
}
/**
* @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
*
* It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
* [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
* instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
*
* Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
* non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
* For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
* {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
*/
function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
_beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
// Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance += quantity`.
// - `numberMinted += quantity`.
//
// We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
// Updates:
// - `address` to the owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
// - `burned` to `false`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
to,
_nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
);
emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
}
_afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
}
/**
* @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
* - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
*
* See {_mint}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
*/
function _safeMint(
address to,
uint256 quantity,
bytes memory _data
) internal virtual {
_mint(to, quantity);
unchecked {
if (to.code.length != 0) {
uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
uint256 index = end - quantity;
do {
if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
}
} while (index < end);
// Reentrancy protection.
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
}
}
}
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
*/
function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
_safeMint(to, quantity, '');
}
// =============================================================
// APPROVAL OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
*/
function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_approve(to, tokenId, false);
}
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
* The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
*
* Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
* zero address clears previous approvals.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function _approve(
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bool approvalCheck
) internal virtual {
address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
if (approvalCheck)
if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
}
ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
}
// =============================================================
// BURN OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
*/
function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
_burn(tokenId, false);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
* The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
(uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
if (approvalCheck) {
// The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
}
_beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
// Clear approvals from the previous owner.
assembly {
if approvedAddress {
// This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
}
}
// Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
// ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
// Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
unchecked {
// Updates:
// - `balance -= 1`.
// - `numberBurned += 1`.
//
// We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
// This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
// Updates:
// - `address` to the last owner.
// - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
// - `burned` to `true`.
// - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
from,
(_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
);
// If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
// If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
// If the next slot is within bounds.
if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
// Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
}
}
}
}
emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
_afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
// Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
unchecked {
ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
}
}
// =============================================================
// EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
*/
function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
uint256 extraDataCasted;
// Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
assembly {
extraDataCasted := extraData
}
packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
}
/**
* @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
* Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
*
* `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
*
* Calling conditions:
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
* transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
* - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
*/
function _extraData(
address from,
address to,
uint24 previousExtraData
) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
/**
* @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
* The returned result is shifted into position.
*/
function _nextExtraData(
address from,
address to,
uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
) private view returns (uint256) {
uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
}
// =============================================================
// OTHER OPERATIONS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
*
* If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
*/
function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
/**
* @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
*/
function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
assembly {
// The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
// we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
// We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
// and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
// Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
mstore(0x40, m)
// Assign the `str` to the end.
str := sub(m, 0x20)
// Zeroize the slot after the string.
mstore(str, 0)
// Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
let end := str
// We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
// The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
// prettier-ignore
for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
str := sub(str, 1)
// Write the character to the pointer.
// The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
// Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
temp := div(temp, 10)
// prettier-ignore
if iszero(temp) { break }
}
let length := sub(end, str)
// Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
str := sub(str, 0x20)
// Store the length.
mstore(str, length)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from './ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
library ERC4907AStorage {
struct Layout {
// Mapping from token ID to user info.
//
// Bits Layout:
// - [0..159] `user`
// - [160..223] `expires`
mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedUserInfo;
}
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC4907A');
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC4907AStorage} from './ERC4907AStorage.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @title ERC4907A
*
* @dev [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907) compliant
* extension of ERC721A, which allows owners and authorized addresses
* to add a time-limited role with restricted permissions to ERC721 tokens.
*/
abstract contract ERC4907AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC4907AUpgradeable {
using ERC4907AStorage for ERC4907AStorage.Layout;
function __ERC4907A_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC4907A_init_unchained();
}
function __ERC4907A_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
// The bit position of `expires` in packed user info.
uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXPIRES = 160;
/**
* @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates there is no user.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
*/
function setUser(
uint256 tokenId,
address user,
uint64 expires
) public virtual override {
// Require the caller to be either the token owner or an approved operator.
address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A()))
if (getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSenderERC721A()) revert SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] =
(uint256(expires) << _BITPOS_EXPIRES) |
uint256(uint160(user));
emit UpdateUser(tokenId, user, expires);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
*/
function userOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
uint256 packed = ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId];
assembly {
// Branchless `packed *= (block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0)`.
// If the `block.timestamp == expires`, the `lt` clause will be true
// if there is a non-zero user address in the lower 160 bits of `packed`.
packed := mul(
packed,
// `block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0`.
lt(shl(_BITPOS_EXPIRES, timestamp()), packed)
)
}
return address(uint160(packed));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
*/
function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] >> _BITPOS_EXPIRES;
}
/**
* @dev Override of {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
returns (bool)
{
// The interface ID for ERC4907 is `0xad092b5c`,
// as defined in [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907).
return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || interfaceId == 0xad092b5c;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`, ignoring the expiry status.
*/
function _explicitUserOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
return address(uint160(ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId]));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
* @title ERC721AQueryable.
*
* @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
*/
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
ERC721A__Initializable,
ERC721AUpgradeable,
IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
__ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
}
function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
/**
* @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
*
* If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
*
* - `addr = address(0)`
* - `startTimestamp = 0`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = 0`
*
* If the `tokenId` is burned:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
* - `burned = true`
* - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
*
* Otherwise:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
*/
function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
TokenOwnership memory ownership;
if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
return ownership;
}
ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
if (ownership.burned) {
return ownership;
}
return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
* See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
*/
function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
external
view
virtual
override
returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
{
unchecked {
uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
}
return ownerships;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
* in the range [`start`, `stop`)
* (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
*
* This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
* grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `start < stop`
*/
function tokensOfOwnerIn(
address owner,
uint256 start,
uint256 stop
) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
unchecked {
if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
// Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
if (start < _startTokenId()) {
start = _startTokenId();
}
// Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
if (stop > stopLimit) {
stop = stopLimit;
}
uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
// Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
// to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
if (start < stop) {
uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
}
} else {
tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
}
uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
return tokenIds;
}
// We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
// because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
address currOwnershipAddr;
// If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
// `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
if (!ownership.burned) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
if (ownership.burned) {
continue;
}
if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
}
}
// Downsize the array to fit.
assembly {
mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
}
return tokenIds;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
*
* This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
* It is meant to be called off-chain.
*
* See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
* multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
* an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
*/
function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
unchecked {
uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
address currOwnershipAddr;
uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
TokenOwnership memory ownership;
for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
if (ownership.burned) {
continue;
}
if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
}
if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
}
}
return tokenIds;
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC4907A.
*/
interface IERC4907AUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* @dev Emitted when the `user` of an NFT or the `expires` of the `user` is changed.
* The zero address for user indicates that there is no user address.
*/
event UpdateUser(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed user, uint64 expires);
/**
* @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates there is no user.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
*/
function setUser(
uint256 tokenId,
address user,
uint64 expires
) external;
/**
* @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
* The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
*/
function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
/**
* @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
*/
function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
*/
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
*/
error InvalidQueryRange();
/**
* @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
*
* If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
*
* - `addr = address(0)`
* - `startTimestamp = 0`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = 0`
*
* If the `tokenId` is burned:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
* - `burned = true`
* - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
*
* Otherwise:
*
* - `addr = <Address of owner>`
* - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
* - `burned = false`
* - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
*/
function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
* See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
*/
function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
* in the range [`start`, `stop`)
* (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
*
* This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
* grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `start < stop`
*/
function tokensOfOwnerIn(
address owner,
uint256 start,
uint256 stop
) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
*
* This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
* It is meant to be called off-chain.
*
* See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
* multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
* an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
*/
function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
* @dev Interface of ERC721A.
*/
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
*/
error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
/**
* Cannot mint to the zero address.
*/
error MintToZeroAddress();
/**
* The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
*/
error MintZeroQuantity();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
*/
error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
/**
* The token must be owned by `from`.
*/
error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
/**
* Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
* ERC721Receiver interface.
*/
error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
/**
* Cannot transfer to the zero address.
*/
error TransferToZeroAddress();
/**
* The token does not exist.
*/
error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
/**
* The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
*/
error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
/**
* The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
*/
error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
// =============================================================
// STRUCTS
// =============================================================
struct TokenOwnership {
// The address of the owner.
address addr;
// Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
uint64 startTimestamp;
// Whether the token has been burned.
bool burned;
// Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
uint24 extraData;
}
// =============================================================
// TOKEN COUNTERS
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
* Burned tokens will reduce the count.
* To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
*/
function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
// =============================================================
// IERC165
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
// =============================================================
// IERC721
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
*/
event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
*/
event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
* (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
*/
function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
/**
* @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
/**
* @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
* checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
* to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
* this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
* {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
*
* WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
* whenever possible.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
* by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
*
* Emits a {Transfer} event.
*/
function transferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 tokenId
) external payable;
/**
* @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
* The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
*
* Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
* zero address clears previous approvals.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*
* Emits an {Approval} event.
*/
function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
/**
* @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
* Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
* for any token owned by the caller.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `tokenId` must exist.
*/
function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
/**
* @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
// =============================================================
// IERC721Metadata
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection name.
*/
function name() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
*/
function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
/**
* @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
*/
function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
// =============================================================
// IERC2309
// =============================================================
/**
* @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
* (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
* [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
*
* See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
*/
event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
* true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
*/
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
*/
function register(address registrant) external;
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
* address without subscribing.
*/
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
/**
* @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
* Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
* Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
*/
function unregister(address addr) external;
/**
* @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
*/
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
*/
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
/**
* @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
* subscription if present.
* Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
* subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
* used.
*/
function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
/**
* @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
/**
* @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
*/
function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
/**
* @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
*/
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
/**
* @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
*/
function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
/**
* @notice Returns true if an address has registered
*/
function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
*/
function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @title OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
* @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
* registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
* @dev This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
* - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
* - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
*/
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
/// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
/// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
internal
onlyInitializing
{
// If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
// will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
// order for the modifier to filter addresses.
if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
if (subscribe) {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
} else {
if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
} else {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
}
}
}
}
}
/**
* @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
// Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
// Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
// from an EOA.
if (from != msg.sender) {
_checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
}
_;
}
/**
* @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
*/
modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
_checkFilterOperator(operator);
_;
}
/**
* @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
// Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
// under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
// upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
// differently
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @title Upgradeable storage layout for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.
* @notice Upgradeable contracts must use a storage layout that can be used across upgrades.
* Only append new variables to the end of the layout.
*/
library RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage {
struct Layout {
/// @dev Whether the OperatorFilterRegistry has been revoked.
bool _isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
}
/// @dev The storage slot for the layout.
bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.contracts.storage");
/// @dev The layout of the storage.
function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
assembly {
l.slot := slot
}
}
}
/**
* @title RevokableOperatorFilterer
* @notice This contract is meant to allow contracts to permanently opt out of the OperatorFilterRegistry. The Registry
* itself has an "unregister" function, but if the contract is ownable, the owner can re-register at any point.
* As implemented, this abstract contract allows the contract owner to toggle the
* isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag in order to permanently bypass the OperatorFilterRegistry checks.
*/
abstract contract RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
using RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.Layout;
error OnlyOwner();
error AlreadyRevoked();
event OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
function __RevokableOperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal {
OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, subscribe);
}
/**
* @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
*/
function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual override {
// Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
if (
!RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked
&& address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0
) {
// under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
// upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
// differently
if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
}
}
}
/**
* @notice Disable the isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag. OnlyOwner.
*/
function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {
if (msg.sender != owner()) {
revert OnlyOwner();
}
if (RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked) {
revert AlreadyRevoked();
}
RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked = true;
emit OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
}
function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() public view returns (bool) {
return RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
}
/**
* @dev assume the contract has an owner, but leave specific Ownable implementation up to inheriting contract
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address);
}
File 6 of 6: OperatorFilterRegistry
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
constructor() {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract Context {
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Library for managing
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
* types.
*
* Sets have the following properties:
*
* - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
* (O(1)).
* - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
*
* ```
* contract Example {
* // Add the library methods
* using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
*
* // Declare a set state variable
* EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
* }
* ```
*
* As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
* and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
*
* [WARNING]
* ====
* Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
* unusable.
* See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
*
* In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
* array of EnumerableSet.
* ====
*/
library EnumerableSet {
// To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
// repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
// bytes32 values.
// The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
// implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
// underlying Set.
// This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
// in bytes32.
struct Set {
// Storage of set values
bytes32[] _values;
// Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
// means a value is not in the set.
mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
if (!_contains(set, value)) {
set._values.push(value);
// The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
// and use 0 as a sentinel value
set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
// We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
if (valueIndex != 0) {
// Equivalent to contains(set, value)
// To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
// the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
// This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
// Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
// Update the index for the moved value
set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
}
// Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
set._values.pop();
// Delete the index for the deleted slot
delete set._indexes[value];
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
return set._indexes[value] != 0;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
*/
function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
return set._values.length;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
return set._values[index];
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
return set._values;
}
// Bytes32Set
struct Bytes32Set {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
return _at(set._inner, index);
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
bytes32[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
// AddressSet
struct AddressSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
address[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
// UintSet
struct UintSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
uint256[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
function register(address registrant) external;
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Ownable} from "openzeppelin-contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents} from "./OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents.sol";
/**
* @title OperatorFilterRegistry
* @notice Borrows heavily from the QQL BlacklistOperatorFilter contract:
* https://github.com/qql-art/contracts/blob/main/contracts/BlacklistOperatorFilter.sol
* @notice This contracts allows tokens or token owners to register specific addresses or codeHashes that may be
* * restricted according to the isOperatorAllowed function.
*/
contract OperatorFilterRegistry is IOperatorFilterRegistry, OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set;
/// @dev initialized accounts have a nonzero codehash (see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1052)
/// Note that this will also be a smart contract's codehash when making calls from its constructor.
bytes32 constant EOA_CODEHASH = keccak256("");
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _filteredOperators;
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set) private _filteredCodeHashes;
mapping(address => address) private _registrations;
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _subscribers;
/**
* @notice restricts method caller to the address or EIP-173 "owner()"
*/
modifier onlyAddressOrOwner(address addr) {
if (msg.sender != addr) {
try Ownable(addr).owner() returns (address owner) {
if (msg.sender != owner) {
revert OnlyAddressOrOwner();
}
} catch (bytes memory reason) {
if (reason.length == 0) {
revert NotOwnable();
} else {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
}
}
}
}
_;
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
* true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
*/
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef;
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef;
filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registration];
filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registration];
if (filteredOperatorsRef.contains(operator)) {
revert AddressFiltered(operator);
}
if (operator.code.length > 0) {
bytes32 codeHash = operator.codehash;
if (filteredCodeHashesRef.contains(codeHash)) {
revert CodeHashFiltered(operator, codeHash);
}
}
}
return true;
}
//////////////////
// AUTH METHODS //
//////////////////
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
*/
function register(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (_registrations[registrant] != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
}
/**
* @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
* Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
* Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
*/
function unregister(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
}
_registrations[registrant] = address(0);
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, false);
}
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
if (registrant == subscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
}
address subscriptionRegistration = _registrations[subscription];
if (subscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(subscription);
}
if (subscriptionRegistration != subscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(subscription);
}
_registrations[registrant] = subscription;
_subscribers[subscription].add(registrant);
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, subscription, true);
}
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
* address without subscribing.
*/
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
if (registrantToCopy == registrant) {
revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
}
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
_copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
}
/**
* @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
*/
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
if (!filtered) {
bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
if (!removed) {
revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
}
} else {
bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
if (!added) {
revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
}
}
emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
*/
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
revert CannotFilterEOAs();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
if (!filtered) {
bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
if (!removed) {
revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
}
} else {
bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
if (!added) {
revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codeHash, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
uint256 operatorsLength = operators.length;
unchecked {
if (!filtered) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = operators[i];
bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
if (!removed) {
revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
}
}
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = operators[i];
bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
if (!added) {
revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
}
}
}
}
emit OperatorsUpdated(registrant, operators, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
uint256 codeHashesLength = codeHashes.length;
unchecked {
if (!filtered) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
if (!removed) {
revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
revert CannotFilterEOAs();
}
bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
if (!added) {
revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
}
}
emit CodeHashesUpdated(registrant, codeHashes, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
* subscription if present.
* Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
* subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
* used.
*/
function subscribe(address registrant, address newSubscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (registrant == newSubscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
}
if (newSubscription == address(0)) {
revert CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration == newSubscription) {
revert AlreadySubscribed(newSubscription);
}
address newSubscriptionRegistration = _registrations[newSubscription];
if (newSubscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(newSubscription);
}
if (newSubscriptionRegistration != newSubscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(newSubscription);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
}
_registrations[registrant] = newSubscription;
_subscribers[newSubscription].add(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, newSubscription, true);
}
/**
* @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration == registrant) {
revert NotSubscribed();
}
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
if (copyExistingEntries) {
_copyEntries(registrant, registration);
}
}
/**
* @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
*/
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (registrant == registrantToCopy) {
revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
}
_copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
}
/// @dev helper to copy entries from registrantToCopy to registrant and emit events
function _copyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) private {
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrantToCopy];
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrantToCopy];
uint256 filteredOperatorsLength = filteredOperatorsRef.length();
uint256 filteredCodeHashesLength = filteredCodeHashesRef.length();
unchecked {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredOperatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = filteredOperatorsRef.at(i);
bool added = _filteredOperators[registrant].add(operator);
if (added) {
emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, true);
}
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredCodeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codehash = filteredCodeHashesRef.at(i);
bool added = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].add(codehash);
if (added) {
emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codehash, true);
}
}
}
}
//////////////////
// VIEW METHODS //
//////////////////
/**
* @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
*/
function subscriptionOf(address registrant) external view returns (address subscription) {
subscription = _registrations[registrant];
if (subscription == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
} else if (subscription == registrant) {
subscription = address(0);
}
}
/**
* @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscribers(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
return _subscribers[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
return _subscribers[registrant].at(index);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].contains(operator);
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].contains(operator);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external view returns (bool) {
bytes32 codeHash = operatorWithCode.codehash;
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if an address has registered
*/
function isRegistered(address registrant) external view returns (bool) {
return _registrations[registrant] != address(0);
}
/**
* @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
*/
function filteredOperators(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].values();
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashes(address registrant) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].values();
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].at(index);
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].at(index);
}
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (bytes32) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].at(index);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].at(index);
}
/// @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
function codeHashOf(address a) external view returns (bytes32) {
return a.codehash;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
contract OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
error CannotFilterEOAs();
error AddressAlreadyFiltered(address operator);
error AddressNotFiltered(address operator);
error CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
error CodeHashNotFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
error OnlyAddressOrOwner();
error NotRegistered(address registrant);
error AlreadyRegistered();
error AlreadySubscribed(address subscription);
error NotSubscribed();
error CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(address subscription);
error CannotSubscribeToSelf();
error CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
error NotOwnable();
error AddressFiltered(address filtered);
error CodeHashFiltered(address account, bytes32 codeHash);
error CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(address registrant);
error CannotCopyFromSelf();
event RegistrationUpdated(address indexed registrant, bool indexed registered);
event OperatorUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed operator, bool indexed filtered);
event OperatorsUpdated(address indexed registrant, address[] operators, bool indexed filtered);
event CodeHashUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32 indexed codeHash, bool indexed filtered);
event CodeHashesUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32[] codeHashes, bool indexed filtered);
event SubscriptionUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed subscription, bool indexed subscribed);
}